WO2006133319A2 - Method of applying a design to a surface - Google Patents

Method of applying a design to a surface Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006133319A2
WO2006133319A2 PCT/US2006/022184 US2006022184W WO2006133319A2 WO 2006133319 A2 WO2006133319 A2 WO 2006133319A2 US 2006022184 W US2006022184 W US 2006022184W WO 2006133319 A2 WO2006133319 A2 WO 2006133319A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
decor
decor product
product
particle
composition
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2006/022184
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006133319A3 (en
Inventor
James F. Kimball
Eric J. Minor
Ketan N. Shah
Marcia L. Santaga
Daniel R. Bullis, Jr.
Gafur Zainiev
Douglas S. Rodenkirch
Original Assignee
S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. filed Critical S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc.
Priority to JP2008515890A priority Critical patent/JP2008545898A/en
Priority to MX2007015448A priority patent/MX2007015448A/en
Priority to EP20060772468 priority patent/EP1909974A2/en
Priority to CA 2610962 priority patent/CA2610962C/en
Priority to AU2006254917A priority patent/AU2006254917A1/en
Publication of WO2006133319A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006133319A2/en
Publication of WO2006133319A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006133319A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B44DECORATIVE ARTS
    • B44CPRODUCING DECORATIVE EFFECTS; MOSAICS; TARSIA WORK; PAPERHANGING
    • B44C1/00Processes, not specifically provided for elsewhere, for producing decorative surface effects
    • B44C1/10Applying flat materials, e.g. leaflets, pieces of fabrics
    • B44C1/105Applying flat materials, e.g. leaflets, pieces of fabrics comprising an adhesive layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M7/00After-treatment of prints, e.g. heating, irradiating, setting of the ink, protection of the printed stock
    • B41M7/009After-treatment of prints, e.g. heating, irradiating, setting of the ink, protection of the printed stock using thermal means, e.g. infrared radiation, heat
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41NPRINTING PLATES OR FOILS; MATERIALS FOR SURFACES USED IN PRINTING MACHINES FOR PRINTING, INKING, DAMPING, OR THE LIKE; PREPARING SUCH SURFACES FOR USE AND CONSERVING THEM
    • B41N1/00Printing plates or foils; Materials therefor
    • B41N1/24Stencils; Stencil materials; Carriers therefor
    • B41N1/242Backing sheets; Top sheets; Intercalated sheets, e.g. cushion sheets; Release layers or coatings; Means to obtain a contrasting image, e.g. with a carbon sheet or coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B44DECORATIVE ARTS
    • B44CPRODUCING DECORATIVE EFFECTS; MOSAICS; TARSIA WORK; PAPERHANGING
    • B44C1/00Processes, not specifically provided for elsewhere, for producing decorative surface effects
    • B44C1/18Applying ornamental structures, e.g. shaped bodies consisting of plastic material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B44DECORATIVE ARTS
    • B44CPRODUCING DECORATIVE EFFECTS; MOSAICS; TARSIA WORK; PAPERHANGING
    • B44C1/00Processes, not specifically provided for elsewhere, for producing decorative surface effects
    • B44C1/20Applying plastic materials and superficially modelling the surface of these materials
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B44DECORATIVE ARTS
    • B44CPRODUCING DECORATIVE EFFECTS; MOSAICS; TARSIA WORK; PAPERHANGING
    • B44C3/00Processes, not specifically provided for elsewhere, for producing ornamental structures
    • B44C3/02Superimposing layers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B44DECORATIVE ARTS
    • B44DPAINTING OR ARTISTIC DRAWING, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; PRESERVING PAINTINGS; SURFACE TREATMENT TO OBTAIN SPECIAL ARTISTIC SURFACE EFFECTS OR FINISHES
    • B44D2/00Special techniques in artistic painting or drawing, e.g. oil painting, water painting, pastel painting, relief painting
    • B44D2/007Special techniques in artistic painting or drawing, e.g. oil painting, water painting, pastel painting, relief painting using stencils in artistic drawing or painting operations
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B44DECORATIVE ARTS
    • B44DPAINTING OR ARTISTIC DRAWING, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; PRESERVING PAINTINGS; SURFACE TREATMENT TO OBTAIN SPECIAL ARTISTIC SURFACE EFFECTS OR FINISHES
    • B44D5/00Surface treatment to obtain special artistic surface effects or finishes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D11/00Inks
    • C09D11/02Printing inks
    • C09D11/023Emulsion inks
    • C09D11/0235Duplicating inks, e.g. for stencil printing
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/008Temporary coatings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3715Polyesters or polycarbonates
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3703Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3726Polyurethanes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D3/00Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
    • C11D3/16Organic compounds
    • C11D3/37Polymers
    • C11D3/3746Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds
    • C11D3/3749Polyolefins; Halogenated polyolefins; Natural or synthetic rubber; Polyarylolefins or halogenated polyarylolefins
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/0004General aspects of dyeing
    • D06P1/0012Effecting dyeing to obtain luminescent or phosphorescent dyeings
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/0004General aspects of dyeing
    • D06P1/0016Dye baths containing a dyeing agent in a special form such as for instance in melted or solid form, as a floating film or gel, spray or aerosol, or atomised dyes
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/52General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing synthetic macromolecular substances
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/52General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing synthetic macromolecular substances
    • D06P1/5264Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions involving only unsaturated carbon-to-carbon bonds
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/52General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing synthetic macromolecular substances
    • D06P1/5264Macromolecular compounds obtained otherwise than by reactions involving only unsaturated carbon-to-carbon bonds
    • D06P1/5271Polyesters; Polycarbonates; Alkyd resins
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/52General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing synthetic macromolecular substances
    • D06P1/54Substances with reactive groups together with crosslinking agents
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P1/00General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed
    • D06P1/44General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders
    • D06P1/60General processes of dyeing or printing textiles, or general processes of dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form, classified according to the dyes, pigments, or auxiliary substances employed using insoluble pigments or auxiliary substances, e.g. binders using compositions containing polyethers
    • D06P1/613Polyethers without nitrogen
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06PDYEING OR PRINTING TEXTILES; DYEING LEATHER, FURS OR SOLID MACROMOLECULAR SUBSTANCES IN ANY FORM
    • D06P5/00Other features in dyeing or printing textiles, or dyeing leather, furs, or solid macromolecular substances in any form
    • D06P5/001Special chemical aspects of printing textile materials
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06QDECORATING TEXTILES
    • D06Q1/00Decorating textiles
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06QDECORATING TEXTILES
    • D06Q1/00Decorating textiles
    • D06Q1/06Decorating textiles by local treatment of pile fabrics with chemical means
    • DTEXTILES; PAPER
    • D06TREATMENT OF TEXTILES OR THE LIKE; LAUNDERING; FLEXIBLE MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • D06QDECORATING TEXTILES
    • D06Q1/00Decorating textiles
    • D06Q1/10Decorating textiles by treatment with, or fixation of, a particulate material, e.g. mica, glass beads
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05CAPPARATUS FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05C17/00Hand tools or apparatus using hand held tools, for applying liquids or other fluent materials to, for spreading applied liquids or other fluent materials on, or for partially removing applied liquids or other fluent materials from, surfaces
    • B05C17/06Stencils
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41MPRINTING, DUPLICATING, MARKING, OR COPYING PROCESSES; COLOUR PRINTING
    • B41M7/00After-treatment of prints, e.g. heating, irradiating, setting of the ink, protection of the printed stock
    • B41M7/0072After-treatment of prints, e.g. heating, irradiating, setting of the ink, protection of the printed stock using mechanical wave energy, e.g. ultrasonics; using magnetic or electric fields, e.g. electric discharge, plasma
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B41PRINTING; LINING MACHINES; TYPEWRITERS; STAMPS
    • B41NPRINTING PLATES OR FOILS; MATERIALS FOR SURFACES USED IN PRINTING MACHINES FOR PRINTING, INKING, DAMPING, OR THE LIKE; PREPARING SUCH SURFACES FOR USE AND CONSERVING THEM
    • B41N1/00Printing plates or foils; Materials therefor
    • B41N1/24Stencils; Stencil materials; Carriers therefor
    • B41N1/248Mechanical details, e.g. fixation holes, reinforcement or guiding means; Perforation lines; Ink holding means; Visually or otherwise detectable marking means; Stencil units
    • C11D2111/42
    • C11D2111/46
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T156/00Adhesive bonding and miscellaneous chemical manufacture
    • Y10T156/10Methods of surface bonding and/or assembly therefor
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/249921Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/25Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component and including a second component containing structurally defined particles
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/25Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component and including a second component containing structurally defined particles
    • Y10T428/253Cellulosic [e.g., wood, paper, cork, rayon, etc.]
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/25Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component and including a second component containing structurally defined particles
    • Y10T428/254Polymeric or resinous material
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/28Web or sheet containing structurally defined element or component and having an adhesive outermost layer
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y10TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
    • Y10TTECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
    • Y10T428/00Stock material or miscellaneous articles
    • Y10T428/31504Composite [nonstructural laminate]

Definitions

  • Enhancement of surfaces that may be permanently or temporarily re-designed, decorated, and/or re-colored is disclosed herein.
  • Additive processes for example, a process that layers, covers, or masks something undesirable underneath
  • techniques for improving the aesthetics of surfaces include painting, faux painting, stenciling, bordering, wallpapering, tiling, wainscoting, paneling, decorative plastering, adding appliques (for example, pictures, cut-outs, stickers, or the like), laminating, and molding (for example, crown, shoe, and chair) are also known.
  • these products and techniques have not been applied to soft surfaces such as carpets, rugs, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like.
  • color of worn, faded fabric is restored or rejuvenated with a composition containing water soluble and/or water dispersible polymers and a surfactant capable of forming a bilayer structure to provide a more durable color restoration and/or color rejuvenation benefit that lasts at least after one washing cycle, preferably at least after two or more washing cycles.
  • the composition may be applied to the fabric by a spray container.
  • a method of redyeing partially bleached fabric or garments includes dyeing the fabric or garment with a background color and then gathering an area to restrict access to further reagents. The gathered area is then bleached to remove the background colors from the area outside the gathered area and then the bleached areas are redyed with a second color.
  • a digital printing device has a rotatable wheel, a liquid dispenser for depositing a liquid paint, ink, or dye on the wheel along an outer edge, and an air jet positioned adjacent the outer edge for removing the liquid from the outer edge and directing the liquid toward a print medium as the wheel rotates through the air jet.
  • a plurality of devices is used to produce a full color digital image.
  • a method of applying a composition to a surface includes applying an effective amount of a composition in a preselected pattern to a selected surface to affect a color change thereon.
  • the composition includes a colorant, 'a surface-active agent, at least one of a polymer or a resin, and at least about 70 wt % of a liquid.
  • the method further includes allowing the composition to substantially dry on the surface to form substantially dry. particles greater than about 1 micron in size attached to the surface and applying energy to the substantially dry particles to achieve a film greater than about 0.1 micron in thickness on the surface.
  • a method of applying a colorant to a surface includes applying an effective amount of a liquid-based composition containing a colorant in a preselected pattern to a selected surface to affect a color change thereon.
  • the liquid-based composition is formulated to be applied in the effective amount to a nylon test carpet and to substantially dry to form particles greater than about 1 micron in size attached thereto, and upon vacuuming of the nylon test carpet resulting in a ⁇ E of about 20 or less.
  • FIG. 1 is an illustration of one possible method of applying a decor product to a surface
  • FIG. 2 is a photomicrograph of applied decor particles on a surface
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration of one possible method of affixing a decor product to a surface
  • FIG. 4 is a photomicrograph of a decor product affixed to a surface
  • FIG. 5 is a trimetric view of a design device incorporating multiple .layers including support layers according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken generally along the lines 6-6 of FIG. 5 depicting the design device;
  • FIG. 7 is a plan view of a design device having a peripheral design as well as a cutout portion according to one embodiment;
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a peg that may be used in a method for orientating a design device on a surface according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a layout tool used to orient pegs on a surface according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of pegs arrayed on a surface according to one embodiment
  • FIG. 11 is a partial cutaway trimetric view a stencil-mounted peg interfacing with a second peg arrayed on a surface according to one embodiment;
  • FIG. 12 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of applying a design to a carpet;
  • FIG. 13 is plan view of a design device for use with the method of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 13 A is a bottom plan view of the design device of FIG. 13 ;
  • FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view depicting an alternate embodiment of the design device
  • FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken generally along the lines 15-15 of FIG. 13 depicting an alternative embodiment of the design device
  • FIG. 16 is an isometric view of a border design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 17 is an isometric view of a corner design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 18 is an isometric view of a first end design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 19 is an isometric view of a second end design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
  • FIG. 20 is a plan view of a placement of the corner design device of FIG. 17, according to a set of instructions
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view of a placement of first and second border design devices of FIG. 16 according to a set of instructions;
  • FIG. 22 is a plan view of a placement of the first and second end design devices of FIGS. 18 and 19, respectively, according to a set of instructions;
  • FIG. 23 is a plan view of a decor product affixed to a carpet according to the placement of the design devices as disclosed in FIGS. 20-22;
  • FIG. 24 is a grid pattern for use with one or more design devices according to the method of FIG. 12.
  • FIG. 25 is an illustration of a consumer aid according to one embodiment.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS [0038]
  • the present disclosure is directed to compositions, methods, apparatuses, kits, and combinations, for permanently or temporarily re-designing, decorating, and/or re-coloring a surface. While several specific embodiments are discussed herein, it is understood that the present disclosure is to be considered only as an exemplification of the principles of the invention, and it is not intended to limit the disclosure to the embodiments illustrated.
  • a composition useful in the present disclosure includes a decor product that is formulated to be applied and affixed to a surface.
  • the decor product may be substantially removed from the surface before being affixed thereto.
  • the decor product is formulated to be removed by a number of methods including, for example, vacuuming, wet extraction, chemical application, and the like.
  • the decor product may be affixed to the surface by applying energy thereto in the form of, for example, heat, pressure, emitted waves, an emitted electrical field, a magnetic field, and/or a chemical.
  • the decor product may also be utilized in the form of a kit or in conjunction with a design device, such as a stencil, to control the application of the decor product to create, for example, a pattern on the surface.
  • any surface is contemplated to which the decor product may be applied and/or affixed, including, for example, soft surfaces such as carpets, rugs, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like.
  • the decor product may be applied to hard surfaces as well, including, for example, wood, metal, ceramic, glass, a polymer, a hard floor tile, a painted surface, paper, masonry material, rock, a fiber/composite material, rubber, concrete, and the like. It is contemplated that the decor product may be applied to any prepared surface, including, for example, pre-dyed, post-dyed, pre-manufactured, and post- manufactured surfaces.
  • the decor product may be applied during the manufacturing process of a particular good or object that includes a surface in which the decor product may be applied.
  • Surfaces to which the decor product may be applied and/or affixed may be substantially dry, substantially wet, moist, or humid depending on the particular decor product utilized.
  • a decor product of the present disclosure may be applied to a substantially flat, smooth, and/or level surface or any other surface including rough, bumpy, non-smooth, stepped, sloped, slanted, inclined, declined, and/or disturbed surfaces.
  • carpets to which the decor product may be applied and/or affixed include modular tiles and panels such as Milliken LEGATO®, Milliken TESSERAE®, INTERFACEFLORTM, Tandus/C&A floorcovering, and from manufacturers such as Mohawk Industries and Shaw Industries, Inc. Additional examples of carpets include broadloom carpets, cut pile (velvet/plush, Saxony, frieze, shag), loop pile (level loop, multilevel loop, and Berber), and cut and loop pile (random sheared and tip sheared) carpets.
  • Soft surfaces to which a decor product may be applied and/or affixed thereto include, for example, area rugs (hand woven or machine woven), draperies, curtains, upholstery, and cellulosic materials, among others.
  • Constituent materials of candidate soft surfaces include, for example, natural fibers such as wool and cotton, or synthetic fibers such as nylon 6, nylon 6-6, polyester, polypropylene (olefin), and acrylic, among others.
  • Decor products of the present disclosure may be formulated, designed, produced, manufactured, applied, removed, and/or packaged by any formulaic, chemical, and/or physical preparation appropriate for the specific embodiment desired, as would only be limited by the inherent nature of the constituent ingredients.
  • Illustrative formulations of the decor products include a solid that may be dissolved or dispersed in a liquid to make a liquid- based decor product, a liquid carrier, an emulsion, a suspension, a colloid, a sol, a dispersion, a solution, a gel, a paste, a foam, a powder, a spray, a tablet, a solid, a gas, a diluent such as water or other solvent, an aerosol, and combinations thereof.
  • Examples of chemical preparations include polyester polymerizations, latex aggregation, chemical milling, and microencapsulization, and other methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • Physical preparation may consist of physically grinding the decor product ingredients or other means known to those skilled in the art.
  • Decor products may be either synthesized from a molecular route, in which polymer resin molecules incorporate colorants, dyes, and/or pigment particles at the molecular scale, such as in the method of manufacture used in chemically prepared toners, or the resin and pigment particles may be physically blended together and crushed to appropriate size by mechanical means known to those skilled in the art.
  • the decor product may be chosen based on any number of criteria, including, but not limited to the surface type, condition, and/or composition to which the decor product is applied and/or affixed thereto. Further criteria for choosing a decor product include desired lightfastness, color range, intensity, uniformity of colorant, and/or desired curative and/or fixation properties of the decor product. Additional choice factors include enhancement of the appearance and/or feel of the carpet or other surface, masking a stain (for example, by laying an area rug-type d ⁇ cor product), or value adding to a surface (for example, to extend the life of a carpet).
  • a decor product useful in the present disclosure may comprise any one or combination of a colorant that includes, for example, a coloring agent, a dye, an ink, a toner, a paint, a patch, a carpet glitter, a fluorescent material, a composite thermal transfer sheet, a particle, a coating, a pigment, a luminescent material, a microparticle, magnetically responsive particles, a virtual colorant which is not colored until activated, and/or a colorant with hybrid pigment molecules, an additive, and combinations thereof.
  • a colorant that includes, for example, a coloring agent, a dye, an ink, a toner, a paint, a patch, a carpet glitter, a fluorescent material, a composite thermal transfer sheet, a particle, a coating, a pigment, a luminescent material, a microparticle, magnetically responsive particles, a virtual colorant which is not colored until activated, and/or a colorant with hybrid pigment molecules, an additive, and combinations thereof.
  • a decor product composition contains a colorant in an amount of greater than about 0.01% or less than about 95%, or between about 0.01% to about 70%, or between about 0.03% to about 15%, or about 0.05% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5%, of the total weight of the decor product.
  • Any imaginable color of the decor product is contemplated in the present disclosure including, but not limited to cyan, yellow, magenta, black, green, orange, violet, blue, red, purple, white silver, gold, metallic, clear, neutral, or non-neutral, and any combination thereof.
  • Color may be imparted to the decor product by combining varying amounts of monochromic decor product particles of different colors or by combining varying amounts of polychromic decor product particles having different colors.
  • a specific decor product color may be achieved by combining predetermined amounts of monochromic particles of different colors or by combining predetermined amounts of polychromic decor product particles of different colors. In this way, all imaginable colors may be incorporated into the decor product.
  • the decor product may also comprise a virtual colorant that is not apparently colored until activated and/or deactivated.
  • phosphorous containing colorants may be incorporated into a decor product to add special effects via fluorescent properties.
  • virtual colorants may add special visual effects by altering the apparent decor appearance according to light intensity, light angle, angle of view, and/or illumination of the decor product.
  • activation of the virtual colorant includes, for example, exposing a phosphorous containing virtual colorant to various wavelengths of light.
  • phosphor containing compounds luminesce or fluoresce when exposed to light. When exposed to visible light, phosphor gives off visible white light.
  • Exposure of a phosphor containing virtual colorant to sunlight may also make whites appear brighter because the ultraviolet light in sunlight gives the appearance that the whites in the virtual colorant glow brighter than "normal" white.
  • black light can be provided, for example, from a tube black light that is basically a fluorescent lamp with a modified phosphor coating. This modified coating absorbs harmful shortwave ultraviolet-B and ultraviolet-C wavelengths and emits ultraviolet-A wavelengths.
  • the tube of the tube black light is black so as to block most visible light while emitting mostly long-wave ultraviolet-A wavelengths.
  • Another useful type of black light includes black light provided from an incandescent black light bulb.
  • the black light emitting incandescent black light bulb is similar to a normal household light bulb, but incorporates a filter that absorbs most visible light while emitting infrared and ultraviolet-A light.
  • d ⁇ cor products containing virtual colorants may serve as night lights, indicate routes from room to room, exit routes, and/or escape routes.
  • Any number of products may be used in the decor product to impart reversible coloring to a surface.
  • Such products include, for example, dyes, toners, powder paints, inks, and combinations thereof.
  • dyes that may be used include water-based dyes such as LIQUIDTAINTTM and VERSATINT® by Milliken Chemical Company.
  • toners include reactive toners such as powder toners.
  • useful powder toners include those that are available from Sawgrass Technologies, Inc., such as NATURATM powder toners, as well as the formulations and/or compositions individually disclosed in the U.S. Patents and published patent applications provided below in Table No. 1. [0049] Table No. 1. Powder toner formulations.
  • Toner particles useful in the present disclosure may have size characteristics of about 90% or more of the particles having a size less than about 100 microns, or less than about 25 microns, or less than about 10 microns, or from about 0.1 to about 50 microns, or from about 1 to about 20 microns, or from about 3 to about 10 microns, or from greater than about 750 nm to about 100 microns, or larger or smaller particle sizes depending on the desired application.
  • the toner particle melting point ranges from about 6O 0 C or less, to about 15O 0 C or higher, or from about 60 0 C to about 275 0 C, or from about 25 0 C to about 110 0 C, or from about 80°C to about 100 0 C.
  • powder paints examples include those with epoxy, polyester, polyurethane, and hybrid chemistries either as additives or as decor particles, described hereinafter.
  • An example of a hybrid chemistry contemplated for use is an epoxy- polyester hybrid, which is routinely used in the reactive powder coating industry.
  • Typical particle sizes for powder paints can range, for example, from greater than about 20 microns to about 50 microns; however, for purposes of the present disclosure, larger and smaller sizes are contemplated and may depend on, for example, the reversibility and/or affixation properties desired.
  • Typical powder paints may have melting point temperatures from around about 107°C to about 163°C to about 302°C; however, lower and higher temperatures are contemplated within the present disclosure.
  • the decor product may comprise a colorant with a hybrid pigment particle.
  • a hybrid pigment particle may be, for example, a dye and pigment combination.
  • the pigment molecule may coat a fiber surface, while the dye molecule penetrates the fiber.
  • the decor product is formulated to include one or more thermoplastic resins, thermoset resins, colorants, additives, and/or liquid carriers.
  • thermoplastic resins include polymeric materials such as polyesters, unsaturated polyesters, styrene-butadiene copolymers, polyurethanes, styrene-acrylates, and/or acrylics.
  • thermoplastic and/or thermoset resins that may be useful in the present disclosure have a melting point of about 26O 0 C or less, for example.
  • the decor product may include encapsulated decor product particles including, for example, nanoencapsulated, microencapsulated, macroencapsulated, and compartmentalized particles.
  • microencapsulated decor product particles may include, for example, one or more outer shells, one or more inner compartments, one or more colorants, and/or one or more additives. The one or more colorants and/or one or more additives may be in the same or different compartments.
  • This microencapsulated decor product particle may, for example, provide advantages such as to lengthen the shelf-life of the decor product, enhance decor product compatibility with delivery systems, promote bonding of the decor product to the surface, promote removability of the decor product from surfaces before and/or after fixation, and/or promote thermal fixation of the decor product to a surface.
  • Other benefits associated with encapsulation of compounds include, for example, timed release of compounds, and buffering systems, among others known to those skilled in the art, and are contemplated in the present disclosure.
  • the compartmentalized and/or microencapsulated decor product particles may have multiple distinct regions of equal and/or differing sizes containing the same and/or differing substances, such as, for example, one or more solids, one or more liquids, one or more gases, and/or combinations thereof.
  • microencapsulation technologies useful in the present disclosure are provided by Microtek Laboratories, Inc.
  • the decor product may include a removable paint and/or surface coating.
  • the decor product may be removable via wet-chemistries, such as ammonia-based, acid-based, and/or water-based chemistries.
  • the decor product may be a liquid with one or more surfactants, ziiic oxide, and/or one or more colored pigments.
  • the decor product of the present embodiment may be removed by, for example, a weak acid, a buffering agent, a mildly alkaline solution, a polar or non-polar solution, a detergent, a soap, an alcohol, and/or a solid compound, and/or combinations thereof.
  • Illustrative ammonia-based chemistries useful in the present disclosure include those supplied by Missouri Turf Paint (for example, TITANTM Removable), or by Pioneer, or by Sports Coatings, or by Specialist Group.
  • Acid-based chemistries useful in the decor product of the present disclosure include those supplied by Remarkable Paint Company, and include, for example, those found in RE-MARKABLE® Paint.
  • Additional remarkable field paints useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0127376.
  • Other useful examples of remarkable field paints in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,653,265.
  • strippable ammonia formulations useful in a decor product of the present disclosure include those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,041,488 and those that include susceptible styrene/acrylic compounds.
  • Other useful water-based dyes and compositions include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,834,589.
  • Water-based chemistries useful in the present disclosure include those supplied by Magic Colors Company (for example, Remove It Permanent Paint System). It is further contemplated that aqueous fabric paints and/or paint systems may be useful in the decor product embodiments of the present disclosure.
  • aqueous fabric paints useful in the present disclosure include, for example, Jacquard Products including Jacquard Textile Colors, DYE-NA-FLOWTM, and NEOPAGUETM, Marabu-Textil made by Marabuwerke GmbH & Co. KG 5 and SIMPLY SPRAYTM available from Sunshine Joy Distributing.
  • Wet- erase inks removable by solvents after short or extended periods of time that can be used on multiple surfaces are also useful in the present disclosure. Such wet-erase inks may incorporate water-soluble binders, cellulose derivatives, and/or polyvinyl pyrolidone.
  • Additional embodiments may incorporate dry erase inks, peelable and/or strippable coatings, alkali soluble resins, and various value adding chemistries disclosed herein.
  • dry-erase inks, compositions, and applicators thereof may include those provided by ITW Dymon, Pilot Pen Corp., Sanford Corp., Avery Dennison Corp., Binney & Smith Inc., and Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc.
  • Other dry erase inks, compositions, and applicators that may be useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,031,023.
  • Additional useful formulations of the present disclosure include peelable and/or strippable coatings made by Spraylat International, LTD.
  • the decor product may include a thermally releasable coating and/or blowing agent to aid in the removal of the affixed decor product.
  • a thermally releasable coating and/or blowing agent to aid in the removal of the affixed decor product.
  • thermally releasable coatings and blowing agents useful in the present disclosure includes those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,010,131.
  • Other coatings useful in the present disclosure include nanoparticle coating compositions disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,872,444.
  • the decor product incorporates alkali soluble resin systems.
  • alkali resin systems include styrene/maleic anhydride, styrene/acrylic and methacrylic acid, isobutylene/maleic anhydride copolymers, and proprionic acid-modified urethanes.
  • Alkali resin systems useful in the present disclosure are available from companies such as BASF Corp., Kuraray Co., LTD, Johnson Polymer, Rohm and Haas Co., Interpolymer Corp., Scott Bader Co., LTD, Sartomer Co., and DSM NeoResins, among others.
  • useful additives for alkali soluble resin systems include divalent zinc salts.
  • Other useful alkali soluble resin systems are further disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,147,041. Additional alkali soluble resin systems include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,453,459.
  • Further embodiments of the present disclosure may incorporate value adding chemistries including powder coatings, toner and/or ink chemistries, carpet stain removers and/or maskers, odor eliminators and/or absorbers, bleaching agents.
  • Compositions and methods of carpet stain removing and/or masking useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in Attorney Docket Nos. J-4377A, J-4377B, J-4377C, and J-4550 (U.S. Patent Application Nos. to be assigned), filed on the same day as the present application, the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference.
  • An additional contemplated chemistry includes ultraviolet radiation cross-linking agents that crosslink decor product particles in preparation for affixation of the decor product to a surface or removal therefrom.
  • a decor product contemplated in the present disclosure may include one or more additives that may be incorporated, for example, during formulation, added post-formulation prior to application of the decor product to a surface, and/or after the decor product has been applied to the surface.
  • Illustrative additives useful in the present disclosure include, for example, a filler, a metallic particle, an adhesive, a binder, a toner, a resin such as an acrylic, an acrylic latex, a polyester, a urethane, and/or an epoxy resin, a carrier, a wax, a charge additive, a protein, an overcoating lacquer such as an ultraviolet initiator, an ultraviolet light absorber, an ultraviolet stabilizer, an ultraviolet blocker, a stabilizer, a thickening agent, anti-wicking additives, a dry powder, a surfactant, a wetting agent, an emulsifier, a coating, a dispersing agent, a perfume, a fragrance, a pigment, a dye, a preservative, a solvent, a lubricant, a fluidity improver, a flow additive, a humectant, a propellant (for example, a pressurized gas or a hydrocarbon based propellant such as butane and propane
  • a decor product composition contains an additive in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5%, of the total weight of the decor product.
  • An adhesive or binder may include resin particles chosen to exhibit a glass transition temperature that is lower than the glass transition temperature of resins employed in the color toners. Adhesives and/or binders with lower glass transition temperatures may positively affect the aesthetic feel of the decor after affixation. In addition, such adhesives and/or binders may augment the stability of a composition prepared as an emulsion and provide greater mechanical bonding of the decor product to carpet fibers including, for example, elastomeric materials including styrene/isoprene, styrene/butadiene, and isobutylene.
  • Adhesives and binders may also be selected based on the reversibility on a soft surface, including, for example, nylon and polyester carpets, before and/or after a curing step, such as, for example, Alcoprint PTU (Ciba Geigy Corp.). A high level of retention after curing may also be desirable in certain applications.
  • adhesives useful in the present disclosure include polymeric resin and may provide a laminating adhesive between a polymeric resin particle and/or between a soft surface and the polymeric resin particle.
  • the polymeric resin for example, a toner such as a clear toner, may also act as an adhesive.
  • adhesives and binders useful in the present disclosure include STYRONAL® ND 656, a styrene butadiene copolymer latex from BASF Corp., and INCOREZ® W2450, a urethane/acrylic emulsion from Industrial Copolymers Unlimited in the UK.
  • Other resins useful in the present disclosure include, for example, crosslinked terpolymers of styrene, acrylate ester, and acrylonitrile available from Zeon Chemical L.P., which include toner resins S-103C and S-Hl, and styrene-acrylic resins available from Sekisui Chemicals Co.
  • LTD 5 including S-LEC resin that is based on a styrene and acrylic copolymer.
  • Other resins useful in the present disclosure include, for example, styrene/butadiene, styrene/butyl acrylate, styrene/2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and styrene/butylacrylate resins available from Elikem, including those under the PLIOTONETM trade name.
  • Polyester resins may offer lower temperature fusing than styrene/acrylates or styrene/butadiene resins permitting the application of less heat to the decor product and/or the soft surface.
  • polyester resins include thermoset polyesters, unsaturated polyester resins, such as, orthophthalic, isophthalic, dicyclopentadiene, and bisphenol A fumarate resins, and those available from, for example, Kao Specialties Americas, LLC.
  • Polyurethane resins including those based on an exothermic reaction of an organic polyisocyanate with a polyol, are also useful in the present disclosure.
  • a decor product composition contains an adhesive in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5%, of the total weight of the decor product.
  • Illustrative stabilizers include a benzophenone, a benzotriazole, a salicylate, a nickel organic, a monobenzoate, a formamidene, an oxalanilide and/or a phenol.
  • an ultraviolet stabilizer that provides enhanced protection against ultraviolet light includes those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,152,038.
  • Examples of thickening agents useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,752,841.
  • anti-wicking additives useful in the present disclosure can be found in U.S. Patent No. 5,116,682.
  • Another embodiment contemplated in the present disclosure may incorporate one or more surface-active (surfactant) agents, for example, emulsifiers.
  • surfactant for example, emulsifiers.
  • the use of surfactants in the decor product may promote colorant and/or filler wetting, as well as improve flow and leveling of the powder finish.
  • surfactants promote substrate wet-out during the cure reaction, which improves adhesion and corrosion resistance of the decor product.
  • the addition of surfactants may increase the gloss and distinctness of images of the cured decor product, as well.
  • the addition of one or more surfactants may act to stabilize the decor product formulation, as well as to assist in suspending the particles of a decor product formulation and attaching the decor product to a surface.
  • Surfactants useful in the present disclosure include ionic, nonionic, and/or cationic surfactants.
  • Emulsifiers and/or emulsifying agents useful herein include ALCOPRINTTM PTU from Ciba Geigy Corp., the JONCRYLTM series of emulsifying agents available from Johnson Polymer, and others known to those skilled in the art including, for example, adhesive formulations and latex formulations.
  • suitable emulsifiers include sodium laurylsulfate, potassium laurylsulfate, or ammonium laurylsulfate, including, for example TRITONTM 100 (octylphenoxypolyethoxy-ethanol-polyethylene glycol).
  • Illustrative examples of cationic surfactants include dodecyl ammonium chloride, dodecyl ammonium bromide, dodecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, dodecyl pyridinium chloride, dodecyl pyridinium bromide, and hexadecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide.
  • Illustrative examples of anionic surfactants include aliphatic soap such as sodium stearate, sodium dodecanate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, and sodium laurylsulfate.
  • nonionic surfactants include poly-oxyethylenedodecyl ether, polyoxyethylenehexadecyl ether, polyoxyethylenenonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylenelauryl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate ether, and monodecanoyl sucrose.
  • a decor product composition contains a surfactant in an amount of greater than about 0.001%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0.001% to about 50%, or between about 0.1% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5% of the total weight of the decor product.
  • a fluidity improver useful herein includes, for example, styrene resin, acrylic resin, finely divided hydrophobic silica powder, finely divided titanium oxide powder and finely divided aluminum oxide powder. Further additives may serve as fiber wetting promoters, fiber drying promoters, fiber cleaners, and fiber cleaning promoters.
  • a formulation of the present disclosure may also contain an inorganic particulate material such as, for example, magnetite, ferrite, cerium oxide, strontium titanate and/or electrically conductive titania.
  • the decor product may include magnetically responsive microparticles with or without colorant.
  • the decor product may be applied using a static charge and/or magnetically directed force.
  • iron oxide and/or other magnetic particles known to those in the art form a part of the formulation rendering the decor product magnetically responsive.
  • the magnetically responsive property may be used for further placement onto the fiber and/or for enhanced removal from the fiber and/or to aid with aesthetic considerations such as creating designs and/or patterns.
  • the decor product envisioned in the present disclosure may have additives designed to impart additional non-visual benefits such as fragrancing and aromatherapy.
  • Further additives may include temporal emission agents, for example, short- or long-term emission agents, such as spot cleaners and odor eliminators, and the like, and/or bioactive agent additives such as bactericides, miticides, insecticides, pesticides, and/or fungicides, which are released over periods of seconds to minutes to hours to days to weeks to months to years.
  • the decor product may incorporate additives such as fire retardants and anti-slip agents.
  • the applied decor product may serve to protect the surface areas to which it is affixed from stains, chips, dents, rips, blemishes, burns, splintering, abrasion, cuts, rust, oxidation, water damage, mold, and/or dirt.
  • the applied decor product may serve as an electrical insulator, for example, to reduce static electrical charges.
  • a decor product of the present disclosure may incorporate interactive sensory elements that interact with one or more senses of the user. Examples of interactive elements include mood lighting, sound (for example, music, indicative sound, or instructive sound), and scent (for example, fragrance emitters, deodorizers, and/or odiferous pet barriers only detectable by animals).
  • a formulation of a decor product contains on a weight to weight basis, at least one of: 1) a surface-active agent in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; 2) an adhesive agent in an amount of greater than about 0.1% or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; 3) a colorant in an amount of greater than about 0.01% or less than about 95%, or between about 0.01% to about 70%, or between about 0.03% to about 15%, or about 0.05% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; 4) an additive in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%,
  • a clear toner may also be included in a decor product composition of the present disclosure in an amount equivalent to, for example, the amount of the colorant.
  • an additional 10% by weight of the toner formulation contains a clear toner.
  • the toner formulation in a toner formulation with about 0.5% w/w yellow colorant, about 0.4% w/w magenta colorant, and about 0.2% blue colorant, the toner formulation also contains about 1.1% clear toner.
  • an emulsifier contains about 100 grams of water, about 1 gram of yellow NATURATM toner, about 0.4 grams of blue NATURATM toner, about 0.8 grams of magenta NATURATM toner, about 2.2 grams of clear NATURATM toner, and about 0.33 grams of ALCOPRINTTM PTU.
  • An emulsion of the present disclosure may be made by mixing the various components of the emulsion for a period of time until the particles of the emulsion are coated with the emulsifying agent or agents. The coating of the particles may enhance the stability of the formulation. The mixing time depends on the particular components utilized in a formulation and can range from, for example, from about 1 minute or less to about 48 hours, or longer.
  • the decor product may be formulated as a stain-removing and masking agent containing a base color such as a white and/or neutral color and/or other color onto which additional desired colors may be overlain.
  • the decor product may contain a pH neutralizing and/or adjusting pretreatment compound such as, for example, a peroxide and/or a bleach, and/or a titanium dioxide-type neutral color application.
  • the decor product may further include a stain-masking agent and/or coloring agent as disclosed herein.
  • Another embodiment contemplates the application of a highly pigmented coating that has a white and/or neutral color that provides a mask and/or hides a color difference (for example, a stain) on a surface.
  • another material with a color matching the bulk fiber of the surface for example, a carpet or textile may be applied subsequent to the masking of the stain.
  • a decor product composition may have a glass transition temperature (Tg) from below about 25 0 C up to the melting temperature (Tm) of the surface substrate to which it is to be applied.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • Tm melting temperature
  • the Tg and Tm of a composition or a surface substrate may be measured by methods known to those skilled in the art including, for example, dynamic mechanical analysis, thermomechanical analysis, and differential scanning calorimetry.
  • Tg and Tm values of decor products and surface substrates may be determined using a Model QlOO Differential Scanning Calorimeter (TA Instruments, Inc.) at a heating rate of 20°C/min.
  • the decor product composition has an Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) cone and plate viscosity of equal to or less than about 2,000 centipoises, or about 5 centipoises to about 100 centipoises, or about 15 centipoises to about 50 centipoises, or about 25 centipoises, or about 35 centipoises at about 150°C to about 200°C.
  • ICI Imperial Chemical Industries
  • the viscosity of a composition may by measured by methods known to those skilled in the art, including for example, using a Wells-Brookfield Cone/Plate viscometer distributed by Can-Am Instruments LTD and following methods as set forth in D4287-00(2005) "Standard Test Method for High-Shear Viscosity Using a Cone/Plate Viscometer," ASTM International. Further, a Brookfield CAP 2000H Cone and Plate Viscometer (available from Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc.) set at 750 rpm for 25 seconds using a size six spindle may be used to measure the ICI Cone and Plate viscosity of the decor product composition.
  • Illustrative ways to apply the decor product to a surface include the use of an ink jet printer, a jet dye process, silk screening, and/or rotary printing.
  • the decor product may be applied and/or dispensed with and/or by a spray gun, a sheet, a film, a matrix, a roller, a brush, a marker, a pen, a stamp such as a self-inking stamp, a pump sprayer, a trigger sprayer, a pressurized spraying device, a sponge, a squeegee, an airbrush, a fiber separator, a dye applicator, a roller, piezoelectric or heat driven delivery, a manual or electronic sifter, a powder "puff, a felted/flocked brush, and/or a powder paint dispenser.
  • the decor product may be applied in a wet form, such as, for example, as a suspension or emulsion including, for example, a liquid-based solvent, a foam, a spray, a wet aerosol, or in a dry form, such as, for example, as a powder, a dry aerosol, and/or a powder with a gentle mist.
  • a finger pump sprayer 12 including a reservoir 14 for holding the decor product and finger pump 16 is used to apply a generally cone-shaped dispersion 18 of decor product to a surface 20 such as a carpet.
  • the size and shape of the pattern 22 imparted to the surface may be varied. In this way, a preselected pattern may be imparted to a surface using a "free-hand" technique without a design device.
  • applicators and/or dispensers of the decor product of the present disclosure include, for example, an intermittent pressurized sprayer (such as PULL 'N SPRAY® liquid applicator marketed by The Scotts and Miracle-Gro Company), an actuator spray bottle, a trigger sprayer, a mechanical spray bottle, a pump and/or pump system, a liquid refill containing the decor product for a pressurized air chamber, an aerosol barrier pack containing the decor product with a driving chamber (with a propellant, for example, carbon dioxide or a hydrocarbon), and a liquid or gel chamber for containing the decor product where use would allow pressurized spraying with reduced propellant release to the atmosphere or room being decorated by the user.
  • Other useful sprayers include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,872,444.
  • Still further other ways to distribute the decor product include, for example, a decor product impregnated sheet that contains entrapped dry or wet decor product particles that when wetted or otherwise activated, releases the decor product onto the surface.
  • a decor product impregnated sheet containing entrapped liquid that releases the decor product onto the surface upon pressure application or controlled puncture.
  • a further example includes a decor product impregnated sheet with liquid rolled or stamped thereon that promotes even distribution of the decor product.
  • Still another example includes an apertured or perforated decor product impregnated film that collects and/or directs a releasing substance that once applied to the film releases the decor product onto a surface.
  • Yet another example includes a decor product impregnated matrix containing therein and/or thereon entrapped decor product formulation that releases the decor product onto a surface upon pressure, vibration, liquid transfer, heat application, and/or chemical means and/or by an electrostatic deposition device that meters an amount of decor product to be applied to a surface and precisely lays the decor product on the surface.
  • Still further ways for application of the decor product include a multiple chamber system that mixes the decor product upon dispensing to give the desired decor product color or other characteristic, such as are exemplified in part by trigger release systems (for example, DLSlOO, DLS 200, or Versitech systems manufactured by Take 5, Anaheim, California (www.take5net.com)), pump systems (for example, VERSADIAL® manufactured by Versadial, New York, New York, a company under the Sea Change Group) (www.versadialworld.com)), or a multichamber mixer/dispenser that is combined with a decor product applicator (for example, a brush, a spray bottle, or other applicator). Further, premixed ready-to-use bottles and/or spray cans may be used to distribute and apply the decor product.
  • trigger release systems for example, DLSlOO, DLS 200, or Versitech systems manufactured by Take 5, Anaheim, California (www.take5net.com)
  • pump systems for example, VERSADIAL® manufactured by Versa
  • a design device for example, a stencil contains the decor product, which can be released onto a surface by applying a releasing agent, such as water, to the stencil.
  • a releasing agent such as water
  • the use of a dry decor product may be reversibly attached to a stencil by means of a water-soluble adhesive or the decor product may be attached to a sticky side of a water-soluble transparent film.
  • sprayers that impart charges to colorant droplets and/or stencils (similar to powder painting), sponging, and felt tip pens and liners.
  • the decor product in one embodiment may be applied using heat transfer technology including, for example, that used by color copying machines such as a Xerox DOCUCOLORTM 12 printing onto Xerox 3R5811 or another similar transfer paper and/or similar combinations of materials provided by Hewlett Packard, Canon, Geo Knight & Co, Avery Dennison, and 3M.
  • color copying machines such as a Xerox DOCUCOLORTM 12 printing onto Xerox 3R5811 or another similar transfer paper and/or similar combinations of materials provided by Hewlett Packard, Canon, Geo Knight & Co, Avery Dennison, and 3M.
  • encapsulated decor product particles including control release, temperature release, concentration release, and any other release mechanism known to those skilled in the art.
  • release of the contents of a microencapsulated decor product particle contents may be triggered by changes in pH, such as by applying a common solvent such as, for example, an ammonia-containing solution.
  • a temperature release mechanism include exposure of the microencapsulated decor product particles to a temperature above a release threshold, where the release of the microencapsulated decor product particle contents only occurs above the predetermined threshold temperature.
  • a concentration release application may apply a portion of a colorant to the surface over an extended period of time to render a more evenly distributed and/or more thoroughly distributed appearance of the colorant to a surface.
  • a microencapsulated decor product particle with a polymer resin particle shell and containing trapped colorant particles and/or other compounds disclosed herein may be activated by thermal activation and/or specific chemistry-related activation (including, for example pH modulation using, for example, ammonia).
  • specific chemistry-related activation including, for example pH modulation using, for example, ammonia
  • the outer polymer shell would melt and/or dissolve, and the colorant particles and/or other microparticle contents may be allowed to flow and thus be applied to the surface.
  • Nonexclusive examples of release mechanisms useful in the present disclosure include those found in U.S. Patent No. 6,893,662. Additional release mechanisms contemplated for treating of the microencapsulated decor particle result in at least one of breaking, heating, weakening, and/or dissolving one or more shells of a decor particle.
  • a decor product once applied and/or affixed to the surface may be temporary, permanent, and/or semi-permanent.
  • An example of a semi-permanent decor product includes a decor product with a temporary adhesive that adheres and/or attaches a decor particle to the surface.
  • Such a formulation may provide short term durability, for example, hours to weeks, of the decor product on a surface by substantially adhering and/or attaching the decor product thereon.
  • short term durability allows the decor product to be applied to a surface for an occasion, special event, and/or holiday without the decor product needing to be affixed to the surface and at the same time being easily removable therefrom.
  • FIG. 2 is a scanning electron micrograph showing dry decor particles 32 attached to an individual nylon carpet fiber 34.
  • Removal of the decor product from the surface may be either through dry removal methods or wet removal methods such as through using various devices and methods including, for example, a vacuum, a vacuum combined with mechanical action such as agitation, wet extraction, steam cleaning, chemical application (for example, applying an organic or inorganic solvent), using an ultrasound process, using detergents, using dilute ammonia solutions, and/or using an abrasive eraser.
  • a vacuum for example, a vacuum combined with mechanical action such as agitation, wet extraction, steam cleaning, chemical application (for example, applying an organic or inorganic solvent), using an ultrasound process, using detergents, using dilute ammonia solutions, and/or using an abrasive eraser.
  • Some or all of the aforementioned processes may be employed to remove the decor product prior to and/or after setting, affixing, and/or curing of the decor product on or to the surface.
  • solvents useful in the present disclosure include polar and/or nonpolar solvents, including those disclosed in the Handbook of Organic Solvent Properties, Smallwood, LM. 1996, Elsevier.
  • solvents include, for example, water, hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as aliphatic alcohols, other alcohols, glycol ethers, nitrated and chlorinated solvents such as chlorinated hydrocarbons, ketones, ethers, and/or esters.
  • Other useful solvents include acetone, amines, benzyl acetate, phenols, polyvinyl alcohol, and/or the organic sulfone or sulfoxide families including dimethyl sulfoxide.
  • reversibility of a decor product applied to a surface may be determined in the following manner. Initially, a test surface, such as, for example, a two-foot by two-foot square piece of nylon and/or polyester carpet is thoroughly cleaned using an upright vacuum cleaner (for example, a Bissell CLEANVIEW® II vacuum cleaner, manufactured by Bissell Homecare, Inc.) to remove loose fibers and/or dirt.
  • an upright vacuum cleaner for example, a Bissell CLEANVIEW® II vacuum cleaner, manufactured by Bissell Homecare, Inc.
  • the baseline color of each of three spots over which the decor product is applied is determined using a colorimeter such as a Minolta data-processor model DP-301 combined with a Minolta model CR-310 chroma meter (both manufactured by Konica Minolta Sensing Americas, Inc.) set to the "L - a - b" setting to allow determination of ⁇ E (color change) and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the decor product is applied using, for example, a finger pump (output 60 micron particle size) onto the surface of the three spots until the test area is completely saturated.
  • the decor product is allowed to substantially dry to the touch, which is typically overnight to assure complete drying, though shorter or longer periods may be used depending on, for example, the relative humidity and/or temperature of the ambient environment.
  • the color of each of the three spots is determined using the colorimeter as mentioned above.
  • the three spots are vacuumed using a wet/dry vacuum with a hose attachment and brushless triangular tool, such as, for example, a Shop- Vac® 1x1 portable wet/dry vacuum 12 V 60Hz, 5.5A, model 2101A (manufactured by Shop- Vac, Inc.).
  • the three spots are vacuumed in one direction several times and repeated in the other direction for a period of to ensure adequate removal.
  • a colorimeter measurement is taken to determine the change in color. Change in color ( ⁇ E) was determined using the following formula:
  • ⁇ E VC(L 1 - L 2 ) 2 + (ai - a 2 ) 2 + (bi - b 2 ) 2 )
  • a substantially removable decor product has a ⁇ E value as compared to the initial reading of an untreated carpet of less than about 20, or less than about 10, or less than about 7.5, or in the range of about 0 to about 15.
  • Factors that may affect reversibility of the decor product from a surface may include, for example, decor product specific factors, application specific factors, and/or surface specific factors.
  • Examples of decor product specific factors may include the type and/or concentration of emulsifier included in the decor product formulation, which may affect adherent interactions between the decor product and the surface to which the decor product is applied thereto.
  • the decor product composition includes a particulate component, for example, a decor particle
  • the reversibility of the decor product may be affected by the size of the particle.
  • smaller particle size may affect reversibility due to possible greater penetration of the particles into recesses and interstices of a non-smooth surface such as carpet, thus reducing access to the smaller particles for the subsequent removal process.
  • Application specific factors that may affect reversibility include the extent of surface saturation when applying the decor product to the surface and the method and/or device used to apply the decor product to the surface.
  • Surface saturation includes, for example, the density of applied decor product on the surface. Greater surface saturation may lead to an increased likelihood of residual decor product remaining after removing the major portion of decor product applied to the surface, and/or greater penetration of the decor product into the recesses and interstices of the surface thereby reducing accessibility of the removal process to the decor products.
  • the method and/or application device used to apply the decor product may affect reversibility.
  • the decor product may be applied to a surface in a fashion to coat the surface with little to no surface penetration.
  • an applicator that applies the decor product in a mist such as by a finger pump with a 60 micron or less spray nozzle, may be used to coat the surface with little or no penetration of the interstices of the surface.
  • decor product reversibility may be improved owing to the minimal surface penetration of the decor product.
  • an aerosol spray container, or other such applicator that expels the decor product from the container with a greater velocity than, for example, a hand pump deeper penetration of the surface may result, which may affect removal of the decor product from the surface by, for example, limiting or inhibiting access of the removal process to the decor product.
  • Surface specific factors that may influence decor product reversibility include, for example, surface structure and/or texture, the electrostatic charge held by the surface, and/or surface pretreatments affecting, for example, surface tension.
  • Surface structure factors such as fiber density, in the case of carpets and the like, may influence decor product reversibility.
  • dense carpet structures may be more likely to minimize particle penetration as opposed to open structures such as, for example, nylon shag carpets and older carpets with damaged braids.
  • less dense surfaces may influence decor product reversibility by, for example, reducing the access of the decor product to the removal process as compared to more dense surfaces.
  • surface electrostatic charge and/or surface tension may influence reversibility.
  • a surface treatment may be used to lower the electrostatic charge and/or surface tension to improve the reversibility characteristics of the decor products.
  • surface treatments include 3M SCOTCHGUARDTM Carpet and Upholstery Protector (manufactured by 3M) and/or Advanced TEFLON® Carpet protector (manufactured by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company).
  • 3M SCOTCHGUARDTM Carpet and Upholstery Protector manufactured by 3M
  • Advanced TEFLON® Carpet protector manufactured by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
  • the decor product may be formulated to have a larger particle size to improve or enhance reversibility by reducing the amount of particles based on size that can penetrate the smaller interstices of the surface.
  • smaller sized particles for example, particles less than about 5 to about 10 microns in size
  • larger particles for example, particles greater than about 20 microns in size
  • surface pretreatment, additional effort and/or additional methods may be needed to achieve the same reversibility characteristics for decor products formulated with smaller particles as compared to decor products formulated with larger particles.
  • the decor product may be cured and/or affixed by chemical curing and/or mechanical bonding to the surface temporarily, permanently, and/or semi-permanently according to the formulation of the decor product.
  • Any curing or affixing technique compatible with the decor product and the surface is contemplated in the methods disclosed herein including, for example, the application of energy and/or a chemical to the decor product.
  • curing or affixing techniques include, for example, heat curing, steam curing, pressure curing, exposure to an electromagnetic field, including for example, ultraviolet radiation, radio frequency curing, a magnetic field, and the like, ultrasound curing, induction heat curing, solar heat curing, exothermic reaction heat curing, convective heat curing, and/or radiant heat curing. Further, curing or affixation of the decor product may be accomplished by exposure of the decor product to the ambient environment.
  • the decor product in one embodiment may be affixed to a surface using heat in a range from about -7 0 C to about 650 0 C, or about 4 0 C to about 400 0 C, or at a temperature less than about 26O 0 C, or about 2O 0 C to about 18O 0 C, or about 65 0 C to about 12O 0 C, or higher and lower temperatures depending on the surface in which the decor product is applied.
  • the duration of the curing or affixing step is generally decor product- and/or surface-specific, and illustratively, ranges from less than 1 second to about 15 minutes, or from about 15 minutes to about 1 hour, or from about 1 hour to about 4 hours, or from about 5 hours to about 8 hours, or from about 8 to about 12 hours, or longer for curing of the decor product.
  • Tools that may be used to cure and/or affix the decor product to a surface include, for example, a hot iron, an enclosure or frame containing a CALRODTM heating element suspended over the surface being heated, an enclosure or frame with one or more incandescent light bulbs, a heat gun, an enclosure or frame with a heater and a blower to infuse hot air onto the substrate, an enclosure or frame with an infrared heating element, an enclosure or frame with an ultraviolet light source, a steam-making device, a heated tool (for example, a household iron, an electric griddle, or a hair dryer or objects similar in function but specifically designed for the application), or a microwave emitting device or a radio frequency emitting device.
  • a hot iron for example, a household iron, an electric griddle, or a hair dryer or objects similar in function but specifically designed for the application
  • a microwave emitting device or a radio frequency emitting device for example, a microwave emitting device or a radio frequency emitting device.
  • the devices contemplated herein to be used for decor product affixation may incorporate heat sensors and timers to facilitate the affixation process and further protect the surface to which the decor product is being applied from damage from overheating.
  • Additional ways to affix the decor product to a surface include inductive heating of a decor product containing metal nano- or microparticles, moisture curing systems, adding magnetic enhancements to a deposited decor product, and treatment of additives within the decor product to induce affixation.
  • Further ways to affix the decor product to a surface include those disclosed in the U.S. Patent and published patent application provided in Table No. 1 above.
  • FIG. 3 An illustration of affixation is shown in FIG. 3.
  • the decor product has been applied to a surface 44, such as a nylon carpet described herein and has substantially dried to the surface to form substantially dry decor particles 42 attached thereto.
  • An affixation device 46 emitting energy 48 for example, an electromagnetic field, is being passed over the applied decor particles 42 in a direction A.
  • the emitted energy 48 Upon contact of the emitted energy 48, the decor particles begin to melt and flow and upon removal of the emitted energy begin to cool and bond to the surface 44 to become substantially affixed to the surface.
  • FIG. 4 is a scanning electron micrograph showing a resultant decor particle film formed on individual fibers of a carpet.
  • Protective coverings may also be applied to a deposited decor product for the purpose of affixing the decor product and/or to add to the resiliency of the decor product to wear.
  • Useful protective coverings include, for example, nanoparticle coating compositions disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,872,444. Further, fixatives useful in the present
  • fixatives include those available under the trade names Blue Label Reworkable FIXATIF® (Martin F. Webber Co.), GOLDEN®
  • the surface to which a decor product is to be applied and/or affixed thereto may be conditioned prior to the application of the decor product.
  • conditioning include, but are not limited to cleaning, vacuuming, steam cleaning, bleaching, pH balancing, reducing the pH, increasing the pH, sweeping, painting, 5 scrubbing, wetting, texturing, leveling, tilting, drying, heating, cooling, sanding, buffing, coating, removing coatings therefrom, reducing the electrostatic charge of the surface, and/or applying a surface treatment, such as an upholstery and carpet protector including, for example, 3M SCOTCHGAURDTM Carpet and Upholstery Protector (manufactured by 3M) and/or Advanced TEFLON® Carpet protector (manufactured by E. I. du Pont de Nemours 0 and Company).
  • the durability of a substantially affixed d ⁇ cor product can be expressed in terms of a ⁇ E value by determining the ratio of the ⁇ E measured between an untreated surface and a decor product affixed on the surface and the ⁇ E measured between the untreated surface and the decor product affixed and subsequently vacuumed as described 5 herein and subtracting this ratio from 100.
  • the percentage change in ⁇ E for a substantially affixed decor product has a range of about 0% to about 20% change in ⁇ E.
  • a further embodiment of the present disclosure includes the use of a design device that a user may use to control the application of the decor product to a surface for the purpose of creating, for example, a pattern on the surface to enhance the aesthetic effect of the decor !0 product.
  • Possible decor product patterns on surfaces contemplated in the present disclosure include any and all images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs. Preselected or random patterns may also be imparted to a surface using an inherent dispersal pattern from a decor product applicator with or without movement of the applicator over a selected surface during application of the decor product.
  • a user may choose to apply discrete spots and/or circles having diameters that are varied by varying the distance from which the applicator is held from the surface during application of the decor product. Further, a user may move the applicator during application of the decor product over the surface in a predetermined or random pattern to achieve a predetermined or random pattern on the surface. As such, preselected patterns and/or random patterns may be imparted to a surface with or without a design device. [00105] Design devices contemplated in the present disclosure may limit, direct, focus, concentrate, guide, dilute, and/or disperse an amount of decor product applied to certain predetermined areas of a selected surface.
  • the design device may include, for example, a stencil, a template, an array, a guide, a frame, a pattern imparting device, a device imparting graphics in a random manner, a manual device, an automatic device, a computer guided device, a programmed device, and/or any combination thereof.
  • the design device contemplated for use herein including, for example, a stencil may be constructed totally or in part with a material such as, for example, paper, wood, stone, plastic, cardboard, metal, and/or any combination thereof.
  • Stencils or other design devices contemplated for use in the present disclosure may be designed, constructed, shaped, and/or reshaped, in a predetermined, ordered, disorganized, and/or random manner by means of laser, knife, die cutting, and/or any other appropriate means as determined by the nature of the stencil material (for example, hardness or softness of the stencil materials) to render a predetermined, ordered, disorganized, and/or random shape that allows a predetermined, ordered, disorganized, and/or random deposition of at least a visual design by introducing a decor product on a surface.
  • the stencils may further be laminated and have additional layers applied thereto post-construction and/or post- designing.
  • An exemplary stencil 60 useful in the present disclosure is shown in FIG. 5 and includes a material containment layer 62 (for example, for the absorption of liquids and/or entrapping of dry materials and/or solids) that includes a paper tissue, a synthetic woven or non-woven material that may or may not be coated with an absorbent hydrophilic material, and/or a solid and/or liquid entrapping substance.
  • the material containment layer may have a thickness of about 0.01 mil to about 1000 mils, or about 0.1 mil to about 500 mils, or about 0.5 mil to about 150 mils, or about 1.25 mils to about 50 mils, or about 2 mils to about 15 mils, or a lesser or greater thicknesses depending on the application.
  • the stencil may also incorporate a liquid barrier layer 64 to protect a selected surface from unintended colorant exposure that may comprise a liquid barrier made of any hydrophobic material, including a polyolefin such as polyethylene.
  • the liquid barrier layer 64 may also be comprised of a coating applied to one surface of the absorbent material to hinder liquid transport through the absorbent material. Such a coating may be polymeric in composition such as an acrylic polymer.
  • the liquid barrier may have a thickness in the range of about 0.01 to about 1000 mils, or about 0.1 mil to about 500 mils, or about 0.5 mil to about 150 mils, or about 1.25 mils to about 50 mils, or about 2 mils to about 15 mils, or lesser or greater thicknesses depending on the application.
  • the stencil 60 further includes a first support layer 66 that helps to secure the edges of one or more cutout portions 68 that provides a passage through at least the material containment layer 62 and the liquid barrier layer 64 of the stencil 60.
  • the first support layer 66 comprises threads, but other materials may be used, in addition to or in place of threads as described below.
  • the stencil 60 includes a second support layer 70 that helps to secure the stencil 60 to a surface (not shown), such as a carpet.
  • the second support layer 70 may consist of adherent materials including, for example, adherent mesh-like materials as described below.
  • FIG. 6 A cross-sectional view of the stencil 60 is shown in FIG. 6.
  • the cutout portions 68 are shown through the material containment layer 62, the liquid barrier layer 64, and the second support layer 70.
  • the second support layer 70 need not have the cutout portion 68 pass therethrough to allow a decor product to be deposited on a surface due to its mesh-like structure.
  • the material containment layer and the barrier layer may be made of the same material.
  • a dual purpose material for example, a paper material
  • the top layer of the dual purpose material corresponds to the material containment layer and has a density that absorbs W 2
  • varying thicknesses may contribute to the functionality of the dual purpose material previously described in addition to or in lieu of varying material densities. Such a dual purpose material may be advantageous over using multiple materials to create a stencil envisioned in the current disclosure by facilitating manufacture of the stencil.
  • Another stencil that may be used in the present disclosure may also include a fibrous support layer that has securement and/or attachment properties, such as tulle, scrim, VELCRO®, VERSA HOOK from Avery Dennison, and the like.
  • a fibrous support layer that has securement and/or attachment properties, such as tulle, scrim, VELCRO®, VERSA HOOK from Avery Dennison, and the like.
  • securement and/or attachment properties such as tulle, scrim, VELCRO®, VERSA HOOK from Avery Dennison, and the like.
  • the support layer may also comprise other adherent mechanisms, properties, and/or devices such as, adhesive strips, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and/or any standard bonding mechanism known to those skilled in the art.
  • An additional support layer including, for example, a loose grid, web, or mesh-like material including, for example, thread, is envisioned that may be placed adjacent the barrier layer of the stencil.
  • the cutout portion may extend through the material containment layer, the barrier layer, and the support layer.
  • An exemplary stencil useful in the present disclosure in which the support layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive includes that disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,779,443.
  • the support layer may be of sufficient area to minimize unintended exposure of a surface, as well as function to maintain the structural integrity of the stencil.
  • Stencils that may be used in this application may be substantially resilient to decor product removing means and/or affixation means.
  • the stencil may be used to protect underlying surfaces from the decor product removing means disclosed herein.
  • stencils contemplated within the context of the present disclosure when disposed upon a surface may protect portions of the selected surface from at least one of application, removal, or affixation of the decor product by means of at least one of the material containment layer or the barrier layer.
  • a design device may protect an area adjacent to the preselected pattern from receipt of the decor product.
  • Stencils contemplated in the present disclosure may have cutout portions and/or peripheral edges substantially shaped into a desired pattern, shape, and/or design.
  • a stencil 80 has star-shaped peripheral edge 82 and an internal cutout 84 having a similar shape as the peripheral edge.
  • This exemplary stencil may be used, for example, when a decor product is being applied to a large area of a surface such that the stencil base 86 between the peripheral edge 82 and the internal cutout 84 blocks application of the decor product to the surface to leave a decor product-free pattern on the surface.
  • the stencil may also have one or more cut-out portions and/or pre-cut punch-out portions that may be selectively removed by a user.
  • Reverse image stencils contemplated in one embodiment may be used to impart a reverse visual image upon a surface by first being placed upon the surface to which a decor product is intended to be applied.
  • the peripheral edge of the stencil is cut and/or constructed to impart a pattern, shape, and/or design to a surface when a decor product is applied to the stencil and underlying surface. It is envisioned, that the reverse image stencil may or may not have a cutout portion therethrough. After the placing of the stencil or stencils, the decor product is applied to both the surface and the stencils.
  • the stencil or stencils function to protect the underlying surface in the shape of the desired image resulting in a decor product-free area in the shape of the desired image surrounded by a decor product covered area outlining the desired shape.
  • conventional stencils contemplated in the present disclosure may be used to impart a visual image upon an intended surface by first being placed upon the surface to which a decor product is intended to be applied, after the placing of the stencil or stencils the decor product is applied to both the surface and the stencils, and the stencil or stencils function to protect the surface surrounding the shape of the desired image resulting in a decor product covered area in the shape of the desired image surrounded by a decor product-free area outlining the desired shape.
  • Another illustrative stencil imparts an image to a surface when used in conjunction with the decor product removal means, such as, for example, a vacuum, after the decor product has been applied to the surface.
  • the decor product is first applied to the surface and the stencil is placed on the surface where the decor product had been applied.
  • a user may apply a second decor product to the treated area and stencil to impart multiple patterns of different decor products a surface. This process may be repeated until a desired affect is achieved.
  • the decor product that remains exposed within cutout portions of the stencil and/or in areas surrounding the peripheral edges of the stencil may be removed by decor product removing means disclosed herein. The removal of the decor product results in images similar to those with the reverse image stencils and/or the conventional stencils disclosed above.
  • One or more stencils may be used simultaneously to apply a visual design to a surface.
  • one or more stencils may be used in combination with any number of other stencils contemplated in the present disclosure and/or auxiliary devices that aid in design formation and/or stencil communication.
  • a multiplicity of stencils intended to be used together to impart a design or other graphic representation on a selected surface may be coordinated with relation to one another and the room or volume of choice by coordinating, aligning, interfacing, connecting, and/or guiding systems that secure the stencils either together or apart from each other or from predetermined or random positions within a room or other volume either on the surface on which the decor is intended to be applied or any other point in the room or other volume.
  • Examples of coordinating, aligning, interfacing, connecting, and/or guiding means useful herein include reusable or disposable pegs that anchor stencils and/or additional auxiliary devices that aid in design formation and/or stencil communication together via peg securement locations, color strips disposed along a surface of the stencils, letters, symbols, notches, and/or other indicia that guide assembly of the stencil organization.
  • An example of a stencil coordinating mechanism is illustrated in FIGS. 8-11.
  • FIG. 8 depicts a disposable and/or reusable peg 90 that can be affixed to a surface to form an anchor point on the surface for coordinating stencil placement on the surface.
  • the peg 90 has multiple layers of adhesive strips 92 to adhere the peg to the surface, however, a single strip may be included or some other adherent mechanism such as VELCRO® dots and/or other adhesive agents known to those skilled in the art.
  • FIG. 9 shows a transparent layout tool 102 that may be placed on a surface 104 to be decorated.
  • the layout tool 102 includes one or more spacing portions 106, for example, an array, sized to permit one or more pegs 90 to be inserted (as shown by arrow B) into the spacing portion and attached to the surface 104.
  • the layout tool may also include a colored pattern that may serve as a preview for a selected decor design that may be achieved using a corresponding set of stencils.
  • the user may measure a distance from a feature on the surface, for example, a floor vent, or may measure a distance from a wall or other room feature to determine desired placement of the layout tool.
  • a user may construct an array 112 of pegs attached to the surface 104 as is seen in FIG. 10.
  • the user may place a stencil 122 or a layout tool having a hollow peg 124 centered over a hole in the stencil (not shown) on top of one of the pegs 90 adhered to the surface 104 (as shown by arrow C) to anchor the stencil on the surface.
  • the hole in the stencil 122 may serve to receive the peg 90 and orient the stencil on the surface.
  • a stencil 122 may include more than one hole and/or hollow peg 124, for example, a hollow peg at each corner of a square stencil, to securely position the stencil on the surface.
  • additional layout tools 102 that include holes and/or hollow pegs 124 may be positioned on the surface 104 in a predictable and symmetrical manner by starting with a minimal number of measurements for the first layout tool position. In this way, an array of pegs 90 may be placed on a large surface using one layout tool 102 to allow a large number of stencils to be placed on the surface 104 to permit an entire surface to be decorated with at one time.
  • coordinating, interfacing, and/or guiding means may allow the consumer to impart a decor product in predetermined or random patterns, designs, images, lines, geometric shapes, discrete images, and/or repetitive images and the like, in a visually perceived organized manner or a visually perceived disorganized and/or random manner.
  • images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated in the present disclosure may be regular or non-regular, linear or non-linear, and repeatable or non-repeatable patterns, including, for example, ornamental, tracery, or geometric forms, simplified primitive and symbolic images and patterns, compositional multi-object landscapes, images depicting real or imaginary stories or plots, images with text, art images, standard and/or reproducible images, real or imaginary letters, real or imaginary numbers, cartoons, real or imaginary typographical symbols, illustrations, patterns, designs, indicia, and/or shapes, and combinations thereof.
  • images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may be varied by palette, combination of standard or random images, size, positioning on a surface and/or customized by combination of multiple parameters, for example, pictures, patterns, palette, size, positioning, among others.
  • the images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may also be varied by coloring with reflective and/or refractive elements, optical effects provided by an overcoat, the use of optical properties of static or dynamic flat images, and/or use of tactile properties imparted to a surface by additives and/or by affixation of the decor product.
  • images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may also be chosen by the consumer based on like or dislike, visual evaluation by comparing an image with a standard set of images, colors, and/or templates.
  • the images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may also be chosen based on an interactive digital library with changeable parameters for adjustment to specific room or other volume environments, and may also be based on computer modeling for a specific room or other volume.
  • the images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated may be, for example, the result of freestyle design, the creation of single color images using varied forms of stencils, the creation of multiple color images using several stencils, the creation of multiple color images using compound stencils where with a sequential and possibly repeated manner one color is applied to a surface and stencil, then a layer of stencil removed and a protective layer added to protect the first color and/or a second color is immediately applied creating a color mixture on the dual exposed areas and a single color area on the single exposure areas, transfer of prefabricated images from a carrier, and/or sequential image fabrication from standard elements such as lines, dots, and/or pixels.
  • images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated may be unique art work, single independent images, one or more systems of connected, potentially interrelated images coordinated with the immediate environment (with a room or objects within or characteristic of a room), and/or a two way coordination of decorative images on one or more surfaces and immediate surroundings. Further, images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated may serve purposes beyond visual ornamentation, such as teaching, directing, and/or instructing, including prompts, reminders, messages, alphabets, maps, equations, phrases, poems, warnings, language tools, or indexing means (for example, bar codes).
  • combining one or more decor products with at least one stencil allows a user to create images that may be monochromatic with constant or varied intensity and with or without shadow effects.
  • images possible using the present disclosure may also be polychromatic with constant or varied intensity and with or without shadow effects, or may be two or more color contrast images achieved via multiple patches of colors and shapes.
  • Polychromatic images may have mixed or intermediate colors and may or may not provide complete and natural palette. Any number of variations to the appearance of a treated surface may be achieved using the compositions of the decor product envisioned in this disclosure along with or more design devices.
  • FIG. 12 An example of using the decor product with a design device is described hereafter.
  • a method of applying a design to a soft surface such as a carpet is shown generally at 200.
  • the carpet is already been installed in a room and may be substantially dry, although the method may be undertaken on a wet or humid surface as well.
  • a user first selects one or more design devices at step 212.
  • a user may select one or more decor products to be incorporated into the design that may differ, for example, by color.
  • One or more consumer aids may be used to assist the user in making these selections.
  • the design mechanisms may include, for example, a user making a simple decorating decision, such as determining an arrangement of design devices and colors to sophisticated computer design aids, such as CD-ROM training programs that teach color application or provide creative suggestions. Additional consumer aid design mechanisms include color analysis, matching, and blending, and may include the use of colorimeters, color scanners, and/or software algorithms. Further examples of consumer aids, are disclosed herein. [00128] Once the user has selected one or more design devices, the user then places the design device adjacent the carpet (step 214).
  • the one or more design devices may be placed in any arrangement on the carpet and may cover a small portion of the surface, such as a center, edge, or corner, or substantially the entire carpet, or any amount therebetween.
  • the user applies a decor product to a cutout portion of the design device at step 216.
  • the decor product may be placed on portions of the design device that directly contact (for example, a non-cutout portion of the design device) the soft surface.
  • the user may allow the decor product to substantially dry on the surface at step 218.
  • the design device After application of the decor product the design device may be left in place while the decor product dries or may be removed from the surface immediately after application at step 220. If the used decides not to keep the design on the surface, the user may substantially remove the decor product from the surface as described herein at step 222. Otherwise, if the user decides to keep the design, the user may substantially affix the decor product to the surface as described herein at step 224. Further, the design device may be removed from the surface before or after the decor product is removed from or affixed to the surface.
  • the stencil 230 consists of a stencil base 232 and a cutout portion 234.
  • the stencil base 232 including the material containment layer (not shown), barrier layer (not shown), and a support layer 236, is made out of any appropriate material including, for example, paper, plastic, cardboard, cloth, synthetic fabric, natural fabric, cellulose, and/or metal, or any other desired material.
  • the cutout portion 234 consists of any pattern, shape, or design desired.
  • a support layer 236, as is visible through the cutout portion 234, is provided adjacent a bottom surface of the stencil base 232.
  • the stencil 230 is used to create an image on a surface by applying the decor product to the cutout portion 234 of the stencil, wherein upon removal of the stencil, the design is left on the surface of the carpet. The decor product can then be removed or affixed.
  • FIG. 13 A A bottom view of the stencil 230 is shown in FIG. 13 A, further depicting the support layer 236.
  • the support layer 236 extends across a small portion of a bottom surface of the stencil base 232, but may extend to and/or beyond edges of the stencil base.
  • the support layer 236 assists in securing the stencil 230 to a soft surface, securing the edges of the stencil, keeping the stencil flat, and securing and/or facilitating the transfer of a decor product.
  • a cross section of a stencil useful in the present disclosure and similar to the stencil 230 of FIGS. 13 and 13A is shown at 240 in FIG. 14.
  • the stencil 240 includes an absorbent top layer 242, a liquid barrier layer 244, and cutout portions 246 representing a cutout portion of a design, such as the cutout portion 234 (FIGS. 13 and 13A).
  • the stencil 240 may be disposed adjacent a carpet 248.
  • the absorbent top layer 242 inhibits or prevents dripping and/or bleeding of a decor product while on the carpet 248, as well as when the stencil 240 is removed from the carpet, and may consist of, for example, paper tissue and/or a synthetic non-woven material coated with an absorbent, hydrophilic material.
  • the liquid barrier layer 244 is disposed adjacent the absorbent top layer 242 and inhibits or prevents the decor product from seeping through to the carpet 248 and may consist of any hydrophobic material, including, for example, a polyolefin such as polyethylene.
  • a cross sectional view of the stencil 230 is shown in FIG. 15.
  • the stencil 230 includes an absorbent top layer 252, a liquid barrier layer 254, and cutout portions 234, and may be disposed adjacent a carpet 259.
  • the stencil 250 further includes a support layer 236 that may consist of a woven and/or non-woven mesh material, such as, for example, tulle, scrim, and/or cheesecloth spanning the cutout portion and that allows the decor product to substantially pass therethrough.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates an additional stencil that may be provided, for example, in a kit, shown generally at 270.
  • the stencil 270 may be used at a border of a carpet and includes a stencil base 272 and a cutout portion 274.
  • the stencil 270 also includes color strips 276 and 278 having a specific color thereon, for the purpose of aligning the stencil 270 with one or more additional stencils having corresponding and/or complementary color strips.
  • a stencil 280 that may be used at a corner of a carpet is shown in FIG. 17.
  • the stencil 280 includes a stencil base 282 and a cutout portion 284.
  • the stencil 280 further includes color strips 286 and 288 and an arrow 290 used for aligning the stencil 280 with internal surfaces of a corner of the carpet.
  • Two additional stencils are shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 19.
  • a stencil 1000 of FIG. 18 may be used at a first end of a carpet and includes a stencil base 1020, a cutout portion 1040, and a color strip 1060.
  • a stencil 1100 of FIG. 19 may be used at a second end of a carpet and includes a stencil base 1120, a cutout portion 1140, and a color strip 1160.
  • FIGS. 20-22 illustrate an exemplary application of the respective stencils 270, 280, 1000, 1100 of FIGS. 16-19 to a carpet 1260 according to a sample set of instructions that may be provided in a kit along with the stencils.
  • a room 1200 is provided for illustrative purposes.
  • the room 1200 includes a first wall 1220, a second wall 1240, and the carpet 1260.
  • the user is instructed to place the corner stencil 280 of FIG. 17 into a corner formed by walls 1220 and 1240, wherein the arrow 290 is pointing to the corner.
  • the color strip 276 of the first border stencil 270 is placed on top of or adjacent the color strip (not shown) of the corner stencil 280 having the same color thereon.
  • the color strip 278 of the second border stencil 270 is placed on top of or adjacent the color strip (not shown) of the corner stencil 280 having the same color thereon.
  • the user is instructed to place the first and second end stencils 1000 and 1100 of FIGS. 18 and 19, respectively, adjacent the first and second border stencils 270.
  • the color strip 1060 of the first end stencil 1000 is placed on top of the color strip (not shown) of the first border stencil 270 having the same color thereon.
  • the color strip 1160 of the second end stencil 1100 is placed on top of the color strip (not shown) of the second border stencil 270 having the same color thereon.
  • the user may then apply (for example, by spraying) the decor product on the cutout portions of the stencils 270, 280, 1000, 1100.
  • the user may remove the stencils to view the design produced on the carpet by the remaining decor product 1520.
  • a sample design created by the remaining decor product 1520 is shown generally at 1500 in FIG. 23.
  • a room 1600 is shown in FIG. 24.
  • Four walls 1620, 1640, 1660, and 1680 define outer portions of a carpet 1700.
  • a design device such as a grid pattern 1720, may be used in conjunction with one or more design devices, such as a stencil 1740.
  • the grid pattern 1720 may be designed to cover all or a portion of the carpet 1700.
  • one or more stencils such as the stencil 1740 having a cutout portion 1760 therethrough, may be used to create a design.
  • the stencil 1740 and the grid pattern 1720 may include color strips, such as the color strips illustrated in FIGS. 16-19 to assist the user in arranging the design devices.
  • letters, symbols, notches, indicia and/or other unique identifiers may be used to assist in arrangement of the stencil 1740 with the grid pattern 1720.
  • the present disclosure may be used as a resource for large area interior design in a commercial and/or non-commercial setting.
  • the present disclosure may be used, for example, to create a border on a surface that would be monochromatic (solid, discrete design, random design) or polychromatic (solid, discrete design, random design) or to create a whole room change such as discrete shapes, images, design, random shapes by applying a monochromatic solid or non-solid or a polychromatic solid or non-solid decor product (full coverage) from wall to wall or that would account for complex room peripheries, such as fireplace stoops, door/entryways, jogs in walls, carpet to non-carpet thresholds, sunken or raised portions in rooms, floor vents, outlets, other built in items disruptive of surfaces in general.
  • the present disclosure may be used for creating a discrete image in a selected area of interest as determined by the user such as, for example, a wall, a ceiling, a doorway, an entryway, a walkway, a hallway, a stair, or a flight of stairs, or at the top of a flight of stairs, or in front of or over a hearth or fireplace.
  • kits that contain one or more components herein described, including, for example, a design device and/or a decor product that may be substantially removed from a surface prior to being affixed thereon.
  • a set of instructions may also be included in the kit instructing the user how to apply the design to a soft surface such as a carpet.
  • the kit may further comprise one or more application devices for transferring the decor product to the carpet and/or one or more fixative devices for affixing the decor product to the surface.
  • the kit may include a protective covering for protecting the decor product after it has been applied to the carpet, especially while it is drying.
  • the kit may further include an iron screen that is used to provide a user with an indication of what areas of the decor product have already been ironed or affixed.
  • the kit may be provided having one or more stencils, for example, five stencils, a decor product, an application device such as a sprayer, an affixing device such as a heating device (for example, an iron or a radio frequency emitting device), and/or a set of instructions.
  • the kit may also include a system to identify, choose, make, modify, and/or prepare the surface on which the decor product is to be applied.
  • Consumer aids contemplated in the present disclosure include any and all design mechanisms and/or aids and devices that enable the consumer to use the present disclosure including instructions, color predicting aids, design templates showing the look prior to and/or after decorating possibly using a software algorithm to present a retrospective view of a surface treated with the decor product, instructional videos, CD-ROMs, internet web pages to select and predict designs, colors, and overall looks, interactive computers terminals, in store displays, customer service, advertising, training courses, recorded messages, text messages, mailings, books, literature, lectures, training courses, correspondence courses, and any combination thereof, as well as, other communicating means.
  • a user may be taught, for example, how to use a kit including the present disclosure. Further, the user may be instructed how to employ the disclosure for commercial applications such as, for example, interior design applications.
  • Additional consumer aids include devices to be employed by persons such as a user, an agent of the user, a trainer, a displayer, a salesman, a teacher, or a technician to enable the user to use the present disclosure such as color carpet chips, for example, pieces of carpet with differing decor product formulations of differing coverage affixed thereon to demonstrate how different decor product formulations appear on different types and/or colors of carpet.
  • Further consumer aids include color templates, for example, sheets of opaque or clear material of different colors with different colors of decor product affixed thereon with instructional ratios of the base colorants used to make each decor product color to allow the user to make each decor product color from the separate base colorants and other additives.
  • an exemplary consumer aid 2000 is shown that enables a user to preview how a pattern will appear in a certain color (or shade or tint or texture any other variation) on a surface when the consumer aid is placed on the surface.
  • the consumer aid 2000 may enable the user to make or mix the decor product and/or assist the user in selecting the color of the decor product that would be an appropriate and/or aesthetically pleasing color and/or contrast when compared to the base color of the surface.
  • the consumer aid 2000 in this case, is included in a kit having two decor products of differing colors, such as dark gray and white. Further, the consumer aid 2000 includes instructions on how to achieve each variation in pattern displayed on the consumer aid, in this case varying shades of gray.
  • the consumer aid 2000 of the current embodiment includes a transparent sheet 2002 upon which is disposed a pattern 2004 that is repeated a number of times, such as six times. Each repeat has a different shade of gray becoming more white progressing from upper left to lower right, as is seen by comparing, for example, pattern 2004 and pattern 2006. Beneath each pattern repeat is a ratio printed on the transparent sheet 2002 that indicates a mixture percentage, such as is seen at 2008 where a mixture of 100 percent dark gray and 0 percent white is indicated or as is seen at 2010 where a mixture of 20 percent dark gray and 80 percent white is indicated. In this way, a user may achieve each of the shades of gray associated with each pattern repeat by mixing the dark gray and white decor products included in the kit at the percentages indicated.
  • any color may be created in this manner by mixing appropriate amounts of differing colored decor products.
  • any sort of instructions is contemplated to instruct a user to achieve a given color and/or pattern appearance.
  • the kit may also include a combined mixing and application device that contains the decor product(s) and corresponds with the consumer aid, such that the percentages given the example above for mixing dark gray and white decor products may indicate how to adjust the settings on the mixing and application device to achieve the indicated color or shade or texture shown on the consumer aid 2000.
  • Additional consumer aids include carpet templates, stencil templates, for example, templates illustrative of different images and image characteristics that are possible or desirable to a user, as well as how different stencils can be used together, positional templates, for example, templates that indicate to a user how a decor product image can be incorporated on a surface in a given space, tester samples (similar to the tester samples supplied by Benjamin Moore & Co.), trial periods, color matching sheets, for example, similar to color matching sheets used in make-up matching to skin tones, used to match colors, or to predict color look and contrast, color blending sheets, for example, similar to color matching sheets that further allow a user to preview combined colors on a surface, color charts, color graphs, color analysis devices, colorimeters, color scanners, software algorithms for color assessment and formulating colors, and other means for determining proportions and types of decor product to be used for a specified or unspecified surface in a room, hallway, house, building, or other area.
  • positional templates for example, templates that indicate to a user how a
  • any number of additional colors may be formed.
  • a user may purchase one or more pre- formulated d ⁇ cor products including colored toners and/or other decor particles or may mix various colored toners to achieve any desired color.
  • Design mechanisms such as color charts, color analysis devices, or other ways for determining the proportion and type of colored toner to achieve a particular color can also be provided to a user.
  • a user may directly apply the toners to the surface or the toners may be incorporated into the decor product such as by mixing the toner with water or another solvent, or a predetermined formulation of more than one part to make a liquid suspension or emulsion, for example, and then applied to the surface.
  • Additional consumer aids include devices to be employed by the user to help the user identify, (for example, tools and/or kits used to identify the type or composition of carpet fibers to help direct the user toward a particular decor product formulation), choose, make, modify (for example, kits or compounds that can be included in kits to alter the physical appearance of a surface, such as an embossing compound), combine, and prepare surfaces on which a decor product may be applied and/or affixed.
  • These consumer aids enable the user to choose the correct decor product formulation for a given surface to have a given intended effect, for example, a textured look on a soft surface or a smooth look on a hard surface, or any combination thereof.
  • the consumer aids will help users in choosing, making, modifying, combining and/or preparing design devices, such as a stencil, to render images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs to be imparted to the surface when applying the stencil and/or a decor product to the intended surface. Still further, the consumer aids contemplated help or assist the user in choosing, using, making, modifying, and/or preparing decor product formulations that may be ready-to-use or require preparation prior to application to a surface.
  • design devices such as a stencil
  • the consumer aids contemplated help or assist the user in choosing, using, making, modifying, and/or preparing decor product formulations that may be ready-to-use or require preparation prior to application to a surface.
  • a user may select one or more colors to incorporate into the design.
  • One or more design mechanisms may be used to assist the user in making these selections.
  • the design mechanisms may include, for example, a user making a simple decorating decision, such as determining an arrangement of design devices and colors to sophisticated computer design aids, such as CD-ROM training programs that teach color application or provide creative suggestions.
  • Additional design mechanisms include color analysis, matching, and blending, and may include the use of colorimeters, color scanners, and/or software algorithms.
  • Additional consumer aids may take the form of store displays and/or presentations of the disclosure, including, for example, the decor product packaged in liquid form or powder form to be suspended in liquid immediately before use, and/or one or multiple decor product colors and decor product additives to be mixed before use, and/or a kit comprising elements of the present disclosure such as multiple or single colors, one or more designs, instructions, an application device, a fixative device, a protective covering, and/or an iron screen or other indicator, such as, for example, a color changing additive, to differentiate between fixed and unfixed areas of the applied decor product.
  • Illustrative chemistries useful in a decor product composition includes a low temperature cure epoxy decor particle, a low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle, and/or a low temperature cure polyester-triglycidyl isocyanurate (TGIC) decor particle.
  • Typical ranges of constituents of the aforementioned decor particles contemplated in the present disclosure include an amount of binder, which includes at least a polymer or resin and one or more curatives, based on weight percentages of about 50% or greater of the total weight of the decor particle.
  • components of the decor particle including, for example, additives, fillers, pigments, degassing agents, flow additives, and the like, may be included in amounts ranging from about 50% or less of the total weight of the decor particle. Such ranges may be adjusted to attain the desired characteristics of the decor particle as appropriate as is known to those skilled in the art. Further, to assure full stoichiometry of reactions between polymers and/or resins and curatives, amounts of polymers and/or resins and curatives used may range from about 50% to about 150% based on relative equivalent weights of the compounds and/or as recommended by the manufacturer.
  • a low temperature cure epoxy decor particle may include a binder system that has an epoxy resin and a curative.
  • An example of an epoxy resin is a bisphenol A resin having the following general chemical structure of Formula I:
  • n is an integer from 2 to 20.
  • Bisphenol A epoxy resins useful in a decor particle include those resins having an epoxy equivalent weight of about 650 to about 900, or about 700 to about 750; a Tg of about 45°C to about 75 0 C, or about 55°C; and/or an ICI cone and plate viscosity of about 5 poise to about 100 poise, or about 35 poise at 15O 0 C.
  • novolac epoxy resin Another example of an epoxy resin useful in a decor product formulation is a novolac epoxy resin.
  • novolac epoxy resins include the following general chemical structures of Formulas II and III: Formula II:
  • n is an integer from 1 to 4.
  • a curative agent useful in a binder system that has an epoxy resin includes, for example, a phenolic curative.
  • a phenolic curative agent is Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 supplied by Huntsman Advanced Materials (Switzerland) GmbH, which is compatible with bisphenol-A-based epoxy resins and novolac-epoxy-based resins.
  • the Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 contains phenol, 4,4'-(l-methylethylidene)bis-, polymer with 2,2'-[(l-methylethylidene)bis(4,l- phenyleneoxymethylene)]bis[oxirane] (commonly described as a polymer of epoxy resin and bisphenol A), a Huntsman Advanced Materials confidential accelerator, and Phenol, 4,4'-(l- methylethylidene)bis- (commonly known as Bisphenol A).
  • the Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 has the following properties: amine value of 0.83-0.93 eq/kg, recommended combining weight of about 135, and a softening point of 84°C to 94 0 C. [00160] Stoichiometric ratios of the epoxy resin and the curative are calculated based on the combining weights, or equivalent values, of resins and curatives. Values of the combining weights may be determined by chemical structure (for example, average molecular weight divided by the number of reactive groups, amine values, acid or hydroxyl numbers, etc.) or empirically based on laboratory experiments.
  • the epoxy resin and curative agent ratio may range from, for example, about 84% to about 85% epoxy resin to about 16% to about 15% curative agent.
  • accelerants and/or catalysts such as, for example, a phenolic curative may be incorporated into the composition.
  • An illustrative phenolic curative has a combining weight of about 100 to about 500.
  • Other accelerants and/or catalysts compatible with epoxy resins known to those skilled in the art may also be used.
  • An illustrative cure condition for an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle includes a bake time of about 15 minutes at about 15O 0 C, or less.
  • the low temperature cure epoxy decor particle composition may include any desired colorant and/or additive.
  • a low temperature cure epoxy decor particle composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 3. [00163] Table No.3. Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Compositions.
  • Another illustrative chemistry useful in a decor product is a low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle that has a binder system having a low temperature cure epoxy and a polyester resin.
  • Illustrative epoxy resins include the bisphenol A epoxy resins or Novolac epoxy resins described above.
  • An illustrative polyester resin includes an acid terminated saturated polyester resin.
  • the polyester resin may have an acid number of between about 75 and about 85.
  • Example includes acid terminated saturated polyesters used as a co-reactant in epoxy-polyester hybrid coating powder formulations.
  • the polyester may be synthesized from neopentyl glycol, terephthalic acid, trimellitic anhydride, and other types of glycols and dibasic organic acids.
  • the branched polyesters may have resin functionalities of about 2 to about 4, or of about 2.5 to about 3.5 (indicating, that about 2.5 to about 3.5 carboxyl groups per polyester molecule). Resin acid numbers may range from about 35 to about 90 with hydroxyl numbers of about 5 to about 10 (residual hydroxyl).
  • Acid terminated, saturated polyester resins suitable for combination with epoxy resins may have an acid number of about 70 to about 90, or about 80; a calculated combining weight (combining weight equals 56,100/acid number) of about 625 to about 800, or about 700; a glass transition temperature about 45 0 C to about 60 0 C 5 or about 55°C; and/or an ICI cone and plate viscosity of about 15 poise to about 50 poise, or about 25 poise, at about 200 0 C.
  • an accelerant and/or catalyst such as, for example, a stannous-organic and/or imidazole-type compound may be incorporated into the composition.
  • Other accelerants and/or catalysts known to those skilled in the art may also be used.
  • An illustrative cure condition for an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle includes a bake time of about 15 minutes at about 150 0 C, or less.
  • Stoichiometric ratios for an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle may be calculated based on the combining weights of resins and curatives.
  • stoichiometric ratios may be calculated based on combining weights (also referred to as equivalent values) of epoxy and acid-terminated polyester resins.
  • the values of the combining weights may be determined by chemical structure (for example, average molecular weight divided by the number of reactive groups, amine values, acid numbers, etc.).
  • a lower molecular weight type 3 bisphenol A epoxy resin with an epoxy equivalent weight of 700 and an acid terminated saturated polyester resin with an average number of 80 provides a full (100%) stoichiometric calculation as shown below in Table No. 4.
  • the low temperature epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle composition may include any desired colorant and/or additive.
  • a low temperature cure epoxy- polyester hybrid decor particle composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 5. [00169] Table No.5. Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Compositions.
  • a polyester includes an acid terminated saturated polyesters synthesized using, for example, a monomer such as trimethylolpropane, terephthalic acid, neopentyl glycol, adipic acid, hexanediol, 1,4- cyclohexyldimethanol, and isophthalic acid, and pentanediol.
  • the polyesters in one embodiment have resin functionalities of about 2.05 to about 2.2 (that is, about 2.05 to about 2.2 carboxyl groups per polyester molecule).
  • the resin acid numbers may range from about 20 to about 60, or range on average from about 28 to about 38.
  • the hydroxyl numbers may range from about 5 to about 10 (residual hydroxyl).
  • TGIC is a trifunctional epoxide resin that is used as a hardener in polyester-based powder formulations. The combining weight of TGIC is 106.
  • an acid terminated, saturated polyester resins suitable for combination with TGIC in a low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle possess, for example, an acid number about 30 to about 40, or about 35; a calculated combining weight (combining weight equals 56,100 divided by acid number) of about 1,400 to about 1,870, or about 1,600; a glass transition temperature about 45 0 C to about 70°C, or about 55°C; and/or an ICI cone and plate viscosity of about 15 poise to about 50 poise, or about 25 poise, at 200°C.
  • an accelerant and/or catalyst such as, for example, triphenylethyl phosphonium bromide and/or imidazole- type compounds may be incorporated into the composition.
  • Other accelerants and/or catalysts known to those skilled in the art may also be used.
  • a glycidyl curative chemistries such as aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, and methacrylate based glycidyl compounds with equivalent weights of about 50 to about 1,000 and melt temperatures below about 125°C may by utilized in the low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle.
  • An illustrative cure condition for a polyester-TGIC decor particle includes a bake time of about 15 minutes at about 135°C.
  • stoichiometric ratios are calculated based on the combining weights of epoxy and acid terminated polyester resins. Values of the combining weights may be determined from the chemical structure of the respective compounds. For example, an acid terminated saturated polyester with an average acid number of 35 (combining weight of polyester equals 56,100 divided by 35, which equals approximately 1,600) combined with TGIC, provides a full (100%) stoichiometric calculation as shown below in Table No. 6.
  • TGIC Due to the large molecular size of the polyester resin and the small molecular size and spherical shape of TGIC, a about 10% to about 15% stoichiometric surplus of TGIC may be utilized to achieve, for example, a polyester resin/TGIC ratio of ' 93/7.
  • the low temperature polyester-TGIC decor particle composition may include any desired colorant and/or additive.
  • a low temperature polyester-TGIC decor particle composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 7. [00176] Table No. 7. Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Compositions.
  • An alternative carboxyl polyester resin curative to TGIC includes, for example, PRIMID® (EMS-Primid, a unit of EMS-Chemie AG).
  • PRIMID® is a beta-hydroxyl alkyl amide curative.
  • PRIMID® may require longer cure times than a TGIC-based chemistry, as well as a PRIMID® based coating may appear slightly more orange than a TGIC-based coating. Pinholes and blistering may also be an issue with the use of a PRIMID® based decor particle where a coating thickness exceeds 4.0 mils.
  • a decor product which includes a decor particle
  • the decor particle composition may include, for example, a flow additive, a degassing agent, a surfactant or wetting agent, an antioxidant, a heat stabilizer, a ultraviolet light absorber, a wax, a silicone additive, a catalyst, a texturing agent, an electrical charge control agent, an electrical conductivity agent, a processing aid, a filler, and combinations thereof.
  • Flow additives may be utilized in formulating a decor particle composition to, for example, reduce or prevent cratering of a finished cured product and/or to improve flow and leveling.
  • the flow additives may be low molecular acrylic polymers, either in liquid form (for example, a liquid containing about 100% active substance), or in solid form (for example, a solid with about 65% active substance).
  • flow additives examples include Acronal 4F (about 100% active, BASF), Byk 363 P (about 65% active, BYK-Chemie), RESIFLOW® P-67 (manufactured by Estron Chemical), RESIFLOW® PF-67 (about 65% active, Estron Chemical), MODAFLOWTM 3 (about 65% active, Monsanto), and POWDERMATETM 486 CFL (about 65% active, Troy Corp.).
  • a flow additive may be added to a decor particle composition in a range of between about 0.3% to about 1% of 100% active flow additive per total formula weight of the decor particle.
  • a degassing agent may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, aid in the evaporation of volatile products within the composition during the heating and/or curing cycle to reduce and/or prevent pinholing (volatile bubbles being trapped at the surface boundary between the finish and the air).
  • Some degassing agents such as Benzoin (Velsicol Chemical Corp.), may solvate the resin/curative mix during the liquid phase of the cure process.
  • Other degassing agents are surfactant-like and other are wax-like and affect the surface tension of the film surface to promote degassing.
  • a decor particle composition may contain from about 0.2% to about 2% of active degassing agent per total formula weight of the decor particle.
  • a decor particle that is curable between about 135 ° C and about 149 ° C may contain a combination of about 1% to about 1.8% OXYMELT® A-2 or A-4 (Estron Chemical) and about 0.2% Benzoin per total formula weight of the decor particle.
  • a surfactant or wetting agent that may be used in a decor product or decor particle composition may, for example, promote colorant and/or filler wetting, and/or improve the flow and/or leveling of a finished cured product.
  • a surfactant or wetting agent may promote substrate wet-out during the cure reaction, which may improve adhesion and/or corrosion resistance.
  • surfactants may also increase gloss and distinctness of image of the cured film as well.
  • surfactant levels can range from 0.1% to about 0.5% of active substance per total formula weight of the decor particle.
  • surfactants or wetting agents include cationic, anionic functional organic compounds, silane, and polysiloxane, including, for example, NUOSPERSETM 657 (manufactured by Elementis Specialties) and SURFYNOLTM 104 S (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.).
  • NUOSPERSETM 657 manufactured by Elementis Specialties
  • SURFYNOLTM 104 S Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
  • An antioxidant or heat stabilizer may be used in a decor particle composition to, for example, inhibit or prevent heat induced yellowing during the curing and/or heating cycle.
  • an antioxidant or heat stabilizer may be used in a white or relatively light colored decor particle composition in an amount from about 0.2% to about 0.5% of active substance per total formula weight of the decor particle. More or less antioxidant or heat stabilizer may be used with other colored decor particles.
  • antioxidants include Irganox 1076 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.) and Irganox B-225 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.).
  • An example of a heat stabilizer is Sandostab P-EPQ (Clariant).
  • An ultraviolet light absorber can be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, improve ultraviolet resistance (for example, weatherability) of a cured finished product. Used in combination with antioxidants and/or heat stabilizers, the performance of ultraviolet absorbers can be further enhanced.
  • a wax may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, control the gloss and/or flow of a cured decor product.
  • a wax may also be used to add texturing to a cured decor product.
  • some wax additives may improve mar and scratch resistance of a cured decor product.
  • a wax from a natural product such as Carnauba wax, beeswax, hydrocarbon compounds, halogenated hydrocarbons, and PTFE comprise a large percentage of waxes and may be used in the decor product and/or decor particle composition.
  • wax additives examples include DT3329-1 (Ciba Geigy), Castor Wax, Powder Tex 61 (Shamrock Technologies, Inc.), Lanco® TF-1778 (available from Noveon Inc.), and Lanco® PP- 1362D (available from Noveon, Inc.).
  • a silicone additive may also be added to a decor particle composition to improve, for example, mar and scratch resistance of a cured decor product. Although not wishing to be held by theory, it is believed that the silicone additives reduce the coefficient of friction that may affect, for example, intercoat adhesion in a two-coat system. Examples of silicone additives include polysiloxane and silicone oil.
  • Catalysts such as 2-Propyl imidazole may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, accelerate cure speed, lower cure temperature, and/or improve physical and/or chemical properties of the cured product.
  • Texturing agents may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, alter and/or manipulate the viscosity of the composition.
  • Electrical charge control additives may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, control transfer efficiency.
  • Examples include TINUVIN® 144 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals), barium titanate, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • Electrical conductivity additives may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, dissipate electrical charge in the composition and/or finished product.
  • the electrical conductivity additives may be, for example, filler-like, pigment-like, or wax-like in nature.
  • Processing aids may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, facilitate processing of the composition. Processing aids are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Colorants may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, obtain a desired color.
  • Illustrative pigments include organic and inorganic pigments, including, for example, titanium dioxide, iron oxide red, iron oxide yellow, iron oxide black, heat stabilized iron oxide, calcinated mixed metal oxide, diarylide, condensated disazo, and phthalo blue.
  • Illustrative colorants and amounts that may be used individually or in combination in the decor product and/or decor particle composition are provided below in Table No. 8.
  • a filler may also be added to a decor particle composition.
  • Two illustrative fillers include calcium carbonate and barium sulfate (CaCO 3 and BaSO 4 , respectively, both manufactured by Fisher Chemicals).
  • the calcium carbonate fillers added to the decor product and/or decor particle compositions may, for example, reduce gloss, as well as the flow of an applied finish at higher concentrations.
  • Wollastonite-type fillers may also be utilized as fillers in the decor product and/or decor particle compositions.
  • Talcum clay, dolomite, and magnesium-aluminum-silicate in powder form, usually ground to 1-10 microns average particle size, or micron sized glass beads, may also be used as fillers to obtain specific properties, such as, for example, corrosion resistance, gloss control, and/or film texture.
  • a decor product is applied to a surface to achieve a film thickness of about 0.004 mils to about 2.2 mils (about 0.01 microns to about 56 microns) upon curing of the decor product.
  • a decor particle formulation such as those embracing low temperature cure epoxy chemistry, low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid chemistry, low temperature cure polyester-TGIC chemistry may be prepared in accordance with the following general processing procedure.
  • Formulation constituents are dry mixed either through low-intensity tumble- mixing or through high-intensity dry-blending performed in a mixer containing a vertical or horizontal mixing shaft with blades rotating at 50-1,000 rpm.
  • Formulations are low-intensity tumble-mixed for about 5 to about 20 minutes, for example, or high-intensity dry-mixed for about 1 to about 5 minutes, for example, depending on batch size.
  • Mixing serves to homogenize the active chemical ingredients and to disperse inert ingredients for enhanced color consistency and to avoid protrusions in applied films. Batch sizes may range from quarts to kiloliters in size.
  • the temperature of the mixture is maintained at or below about 4O 0 C to prevent lumping or meltdown.
  • the mixtures are extruded within minutes to hours after dry-mixing.
  • Single screw extruders with reciprocating screw shaft movements also called co-kneaders, and twin screw extruders with co-rotating screw shafts are suitable extruders, as well as planetary extruders, counter-rotating twin screw extruders, or single screw extruders.
  • Illustrative extruder size ranges from table-top laboratory models with 10-30 mm screw diameters and 1-5 kg per hour theoretical outputs to production models with 30 to over 300 mm screw diameters and 100 kg to over 2,000 kg per hour theoretical outputs.
  • the extruders for processing may be heated via water, oil, or electrical heat jacket located on the outside of the extruder barrels.
  • Extruder barrel processing temperatures may range from about 70°C to about 125°C, though temperatures outside this range may be used to achieve desired properties in some applications.
  • Some extruder barrel heaters utilized in the powder processing may be segmented, in which case, the premix intake zone of the extruder may be run cold or at a minimal heat of about 4O 0 C to about 5O 0 C.
  • a barrel heat of about 100°C ⁇ 15 0 C is adequate for processing highly-reactive, low temperature cure powder coating formulas.
  • the screws may have a helical section in the premix intake area and "paddle" sections for dispersing and melt-mixing the extrudate. Residence time of the extrudate within the extruder typically does not exceed about 60 seconds.
  • the production extruders used for processing the powder coatings are run between about 50 and about 750 rpm screw speed. Screw speeds and extruder barrel temperatures are selected to obtain between about 50% to about 90% torque. Extrudate temperatures range from about 100 0 C to about 125 0 C as a result of extruder barrel heat and frictional heat from the rotating screws. The extrudate is immediately cooled after exiting the extruder to solidify the material for further processing and to arrest chemical reactions.
  • the extrudate is gravity-fed into counter-rotating chill rolls set about 1.5 to about 3 mm apart.
  • the resulting extrudate sheet is transported on a cooling belt to a flaker or crusher unit where the sheet is broken into flakes under about 1 inch square in size. Cooling belt temperatures from about 5 0 C to about 35°C are maintained during processing.
  • the resulting flakes are milled and characterized using air classifying mills (ACM), cyclones, and sieves, to determine particle size distributions and mean particle sizes.
  • ACM air classifying mills
  • a particle size distribution for a decor particle ranges from about 90% by volume or more of the particles having a size less than about 100 microns, or less than about 25 microns, or less than about 10 microns, or from about 0.1 to about 50 microns, or from about 1 to about 20 microns, or from about 3 to about 10 microns, or from greater than about 750 nm to about 100 microns, or larger or smaller particle sizes depending on the desired application. All equipment is purged after processing different formulas or colors to avoid chemical or color cross- contamination.
  • An emulsified decor product may be prepared in accordance with the following general processing procedure.
  • a powder such as a NATURATM toner and/or a decor particle and mixed to thoroughly coat the powder with the emulsifier.
  • Water is then added to the powder and emulsif ⁇ er mixture and is blended using an IKA-Werke Eurostar power basic mixer at a speed of about 750 rpm for about 4 hours. Additional additives may be added if so desired at any point during preparation of the decor product.
  • an emulsified decor product composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 9.
  • KUKDO® KD-242G (manufactured by Kukdo Chemical Co., LTD) is a type 3 bisphenol-A epoxy resin with an epoxy equivalent weight of about 700 g/eq. In the composition of Table Nos.
  • Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 (manufactured by Huntsman Advanced Materials) is a proprietary phenolic curative containing phenol, 4,4'-(l-methylethylidene)bis-, polymer with 2,2'-[(l -methylethylidene)bis(4, 1 -phenyleneoxymethylene)]bis[oxirane] (commonly described as a polymer of epoxy resin and bisphenol A), a confidential accelerator, and phenol, 4,4'-(l-methylethylidene)bis- (commonly known as bisphenol A).
  • Actiron NXJ-60 (manufactured by Advanced Technology & Industrial Co.) is a 2-propylimidazole catalyst.
  • the trademark TI-PURE® TiO 2 R-960 (manufactured by E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company) is a titanium oxide white pigment.
  • Y 1OM (CAS. No. 51274-00-1, manufactured by ABCR) is an iron oxide yellow pigment.
  • Table Nos. 11, 19, and 27-29, 274-0033 (CAS No.
  • the trademark RUCOTE® 921 polyester (manufactured by Bayer Material Science, LLC) is a low viscosity carboxyl functional polyester having an acid value of 38 mg KOH/g, a hydroxyl number 6 mg KOH/g, a viscosity of 1800 ICI cone and plate at 200°C/cPs, and a Tg of 60°C.
  • Example 1 Preparation of a White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • a white low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 10 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Table No. 10 White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Composition.
  • Example 2 Preparation of a Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • a yellow low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 11 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 3 Preparation of a Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • a red low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 12 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00212] Table No. 12. Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
  • Example 4 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • a blue low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 13 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 5 Preparation of a Brown Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • a brown low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 14 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 6 Preparation of an Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • Example 7 Preparation of a Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • Example 8 Preparation of an Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
  • An ultra marine blue low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 17 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 9 Preparation of a White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • a white low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 18 below was prepared in the manner described above,
  • Example 10 Preparation of a Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polvester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • a yellow low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 19 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • a red low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 20 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00236] Table No.20. Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Poly ester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
  • Example 12 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • a blue low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 21 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 13 Preparation of a Brown Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • a brown low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 22 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 14 Preparation of an Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy- Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • Example 15 Preparation of an Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy- Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • Example 16 Preparation of an Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy- Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
  • Example 17 Preparation of a White Low Temperature Cure Polvester-TGIC Decor Particle.
  • a white low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 26 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • a yellow low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 27 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00257] Table No.27. Yellow Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
  • Example 19 Preparation of a Red Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
  • a red low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 28 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 20 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
  • a blue low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 29 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00263] Table No.29. Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
  • a brown low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 30 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 22 Preparation of an Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
  • Example 23 Preparation of an Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Polyester- TGIC Decor Particle.
  • Example 24 Preparation of a Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Polvester-TGIC Decor Particle.
  • Example 25 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Product.
  • a blue low temperature cure epoxy-based decor product having the composition shown in Table No. 34 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 26 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Product.
  • a blue low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor product having the composition shown in Table No. 35 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00281] Table No.35. Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Product Composition.
  • Example 27 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Product.
  • a blue low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor product having the composition shown in Table No. 36 below was prepared in the manner described above.
  • Example 28 Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure NATURA® Based Decor Product.
  • Example 29 Application, Affixation, Reversibility, and Durability of the Decor Products of Examples 25-28 on a Soft Surface.
  • Decor products of the present disclosure were tested for the ability to be applied to a nylon test carpet, removal (reversibility) from the nylon test carpet prior to an affixation step, affixation to the nylon test carpet using heat as the energy source, and durability after affixation to the nylon test carpet.
  • the baseline color of each of three spots over which a respective decor product was applied was determined using a Minolta data processor model No. DP-301 combined with a Minolta model No. CR-310 chroma meter (both manufactured by Konica Minolta Sensing Americas, Inc.) that was set to the "L — a — b" setting to record ⁇ E (color change) and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • one half of the applied decor product pattern was removed from the nylon test carpet using a Shop-Vac® lxl® wet/dry vacuum with hose attachment (1-1/4 inch diameter x 4 feet).
  • the vacuum characteristics include 1 peak horsepower, 115 cubic feet/minute of air flow, 52 inches of sealed pressure, and electrical ratings of 120 V, 60 Hz, and 5.5 A.
  • the pattern was vacuumed twenty times in one direction and then twenty times in the opposite direction over the same area.
  • L — a — b measurements were taken from the vacuumed areas of the nylon test carpet with the Minolta data processor and Minolta chroma meter.
  • the un-vacuumed decor product pattern was subsequently affixed on the nylon test carpet by placing an absorbent paper towel (WYP ALL® X60 reinforced wipes from Kimberly-Clark Corp.) over the decor product pattern and heating the decor product pattern using a household iron (Hamilton-Beach Model #14340) set at the highest setting (cotton). Heat was applied through the absorbent paper towel in a circular motion for 2 1 A minutes per square ft of decor product. Subsequently, the paper towel was removed from the nylon test carpet and L - a - b values were measured on the affixed decor product pattern using the Minolta data processor and Minolta chroma meter specified above.
  • Example 30 Determination of Glass transition temperatures CTg) and melting temperatures (Tm) of Surface Substrates.
  • Tg and Tm of surface substrates were measured using a Model QlOO Differential Scanning Calorimeter (TA Instruments, Inc.) at a heating rate of 20°C/min. Specifically, in this way, the nylon carpet of Table No. 38 was measured to have a Tg of 40-45 0 C and a Tm of 25TC Further, a polyester carpet of Table No. 38 was measured to have a Tg of 140- 150°C and a Tm of247°C. INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION
  • the method disclosed herein allows for the application of a d ⁇ cor product to be applied to a surface, and more specifically a soft surface such as a carpet, a rug, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like.
  • a soft surface such as a carpet, a rug, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like.

Abstract

Compositions, methods, apparatuses, kits, and combinations are described for permanently or temporarily re-designing, decorating, and/or re-coloring a surface. The compositions useful in the present disclosure include a decor product that is formulated to be applied and affixed to a surface. If desired, the decor product may be substantially removed from the surface before being affixed thereto. If a user desires to remove the decor product, the decor product is formulated to be removed by a number of methods including, for example, vacuuming, wet extraction, chemical application, and the like. If the user desires to affix the decor product to the surface in a permanent or semi-permanent manner, the decor product may be affixed to the surface by applying energy thereto in the form of, for example, heat, pressure, emitted waves, an emitted electrical field, a magnetic field, and/or a chemical. The decor product may also be utilized in the form of a kit or in conjunction with a design device, such as a stencil, to control the application of the decor product to create, for example, a pattern on the surface.

Description

TITLE
METHOD OF APPLYING A DESIGN TO A SURFACE
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Serial Number 60/687,953, filed June 7, 2005, and is hereby incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
REFERENCEREGARDINGFEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR
DEVELOPMENT [0002] Not applicable
SEQUENTIAL LISTING [0003] Not applicable
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention
[0004] Enhancement of surfaces that may be permanently or temporarily re-designed, decorated, and/or re-colored is disclosed herein.
2. Description of the Background of the Invention
[0005] Improving the aesthetics in homes has long been practiced by many consumers. There is a plethora of home products and techniques for cleaning surface areas of soft surfaces such as carpets, rugs, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like. However, for more sullied and/or worn surfaces, subtractive processes (for example, a process that chemically or physically removes something from the carpet, such as cleaning or shaving) cannot truly restore the surface to its original state; this is often very frustrating for consumers. Oftentimes, spots and stains reappear after treatment. [0006] Additive processes (for example, a process that layers, covers, or masks something undesirable underneath) and techniques for improving the aesthetics of surfaces include painting, faux painting, stenciling, bordering, wallpapering, tiling, wainscoting, paneling, decorative plastering, adding appliques (for example, pictures, cut-outs, stickers, or the like), laminating, and molding (for example, crown, shoe, and chair) are also known. However, these products and techniques have not been applied to soft surfaces such as carpets, rugs, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like.
[0007] In some instances, color of worn, faded fabric is restored or rejuvenated with a composition containing water soluble and/or water dispersible polymers and a surfactant capable of forming a bilayer structure to provide a more durable color restoration and/or color rejuvenation benefit that lasts at least after one washing cycle, preferably at least after two or more washing cycles. The composition may be applied to the fabric by a spray container.
[0008] In other instances, a method of redyeing partially bleached fabric or garments includes dyeing the fabric or garment with a background color and then gathering an area to restrict access to further reagents. The gathered area is then bleached to remove the background colors from the area outside the gathered area and then the bleached areas are redyed with a second color.
[0009] In yet further instances, a digital printing device has a rotatable wheel, a liquid dispenser for depositing a liquid paint, ink, or dye on the wheel along an outer edge, and an air jet positioned adjacent the outer edge for removing the liquid from the outer edge and directing the liquid toward a print medium as the wheel rotates through the air jet. A plurality of devices is used to produce a full color digital image.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0010] According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method of applying a composition to a surface includes applying an effective amount of a composition in a preselected pattern to a selected surface to affect a color change thereon. The composition includes a colorant, 'a surface-active agent, at least one of a polymer or a resin, and at least about 70 wt % of a liquid. The method further includes allowing the composition to substantially dry on the surface to form substantially dry. particles greater than about 1 micron in size attached to the surface and applying energy to the substantially dry particles to achieve a film greater than about 0.1 micron in thickness on the surface. [0011] According to a further aspect of the present disclosure, a method of applying a colorant to a surface includes applying an effective amount of a liquid-based composition containing a colorant in a preselected pattern to a selected surface to affect a color change thereon. The liquid-based composition is formulated to be applied in the effective amount to a nylon test carpet and to substantially dry to form particles greater than about 1 micron in size attached thereto, and upon vacuuming of the nylon test carpet resulting in a ΔE of about 20 or less.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0012] FIG. 1 is an illustration of one possible method of applying a decor product to a surface;
[0013] FIG. 2 is a photomicrograph of applied decor particles on a surface;
[0014] FIG. 3 is an illustration of one possible method of affixing a decor product to a surface; [0015] FIG. 4 is a photomicrograph of a decor product affixed to a surface;
[0016] FIG. 5 is a trimetric view of a design device incorporating multiple .layers including support layers according to one embodiment;
[0017] FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view taken generally along the lines 6-6 of FIG. 5 depicting the design device; [0018] FIG. 7 is a plan view of a design device having a peripheral design as well as a cutout portion according to one embodiment;
[0019] FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a peg that may be used in a method for orientating a design device on a surface according to one embodiment;
[0020] FIG. 9 is a perspective view of a layout tool used to orient pegs on a surface according to one embodiment;
[0021] FIG. 10 is a perspective view of pegs arrayed on a surface according to one embodiment;
[0022] FIG. 11 is a partial cutaway trimetric view a stencil-mounted peg interfacing with a second peg arrayed on a surface according to one embodiment; [0023] FIG. 12 is a flow diagram illustrating a method of applying a design to a carpet; [0024] FIG. 13 is plan view of a design device for use with the method of FIG. 12; [0025] FIG. 13 A is a bottom plan view of the design device of FIG. 13 ;
[0026] FIG. 14 is a cross-sectional view depicting an alternate embodiment of the design device;
[0027] FIG. 15 is a cross-sectional view taken generally along the lines 15-15 of FIG. 13 depicting an alternative embodiment of the design device;
[0028] FIG. 16 is an isometric view of a border design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12; [0029] FIG. 17 is an isometric view of a corner design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
[0030] FIG. 18 is an isometric view of a first end design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
[0031] FIG. 19 is an isometric view of a second end design device, having a color-coding strip thereon, for use with the method of FIG. 12;
[0032] FIG. 20 is a plan view of a placement of the corner design device of FIG. 17, according to a set of instructions;
[0033] FIG. 21 is a plan view of a placement of first and second border design devices of FIG. 16 according to a set of instructions; [0034] FIG. 22 is a plan view of a placement of the first and second end design devices of FIGS. 18 and 19, respectively, according to a set of instructions;
[0035] FIG. 23 is a plan view of a decor product affixed to a carpet according to the placement of the design devices as disclosed in FIGS. 20-22;
[0036] FIG. 24 is a grid pattern for use with one or more design devices according to the method of FIG. 12; and
[0037] FIG. 25 is an illustration of a consumer aid according to one embodiment. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS [0038] The present disclosure is directed to compositions, methods, apparatuses, kits, and combinations, for permanently or temporarily re-designing, decorating, and/or re-coloring a surface. While several specific embodiments are discussed herein, it is understood that the present disclosure is to be considered only as an exemplification of the principles of the invention, and it is not intended to limit the disclosure to the embodiments illustrated.
[0039] For example, a composition useful in the present disclosure includes a decor product that is formulated to be applied and affixed to a surface. As discussed more fully below, if desired, the decor product may be substantially removed from the surface before being affixed thereto. If a user desires to remove the decor product, the decor product is formulated to be removed by a number of methods including, for example, vacuuming, wet extraction, chemical application, and the like. If the user desires to affix the decor product to the surface in a permanent or semi-permanent manner, the decor product may be affixed to the surface by applying energy thereto in the form of, for example, heat, pressure, emitted waves, an emitted electrical field, a magnetic field, and/or a chemical. The decor product may also be utilized in the form of a kit or in conjunction with a design device, such as a stencil, to control the application of the decor product to create, for example, a pattern on the surface.
[0040] Any surface is contemplated to which the decor product may be applied and/or affixed, including, for example, soft surfaces such as carpets, rugs, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like. In addition, the decor product may be applied to hard surfaces as well, including, for example, wood, metal, ceramic, glass, a polymer, a hard floor tile, a painted surface, paper, masonry material, rock, a fiber/composite material, rubber, concrete, and the like. It is contemplated that the decor product may be applied to any prepared surface, including, for example, pre-dyed, post-dyed, pre-manufactured, and post- manufactured surfaces. Further, the decor product may be applied during the manufacturing process of a particular good or object that includes a surface in which the decor product may be applied. Surfaces to which the decor product may be applied and/or affixed may be substantially dry, substantially wet, moist, or humid depending on the particular decor product utilized. Further, a decor product of the present disclosure may be applied to a substantially flat, smooth, and/or level surface or any other surface including rough, bumpy, non-smooth, stepped, sloped, slanted, inclined, declined, and/or disturbed surfaces.
[0041] Examples of carpets to which the decor product may be applied and/or affixed include modular tiles and panels such as Milliken LEGATO®, Milliken TESSERAE®, INTERFACEFLOR™, Tandus/C&A floorcovering, and from manufacturers such as Mohawk Industries and Shaw Industries, Inc. Additional examples of carpets include broadloom carpets, cut pile (velvet/plush, Saxony, frieze, shag), loop pile (level loop, multilevel loop, and Berber), and cut and loop pile (random sheared and tip sheared) carpets. Additional examples of soft surfaces to which a decor product may be applied and/or affixed thereto include, for example, area rugs (hand woven or machine woven), draperies, curtains, upholstery, and cellulosic materials, among others. Constituent materials of candidate soft surfaces include, for example, natural fibers such as wool and cotton, or synthetic fibers such as nylon 6, nylon 6-6, polyester, polypropylene (olefin), and acrylic, among others.
[0042] Decor products of the present disclosure may be formulated, designed, produced, manufactured, applied, removed, and/or packaged by any formulaic, chemical, and/or physical preparation appropriate for the specific embodiment desired, as would only be limited by the inherent nature of the constituent ingredients. Illustrative formulations of the decor products include a solid that may be dissolved or dispersed in a liquid to make a liquid- based decor product, a liquid carrier, an emulsion, a suspension, a colloid, a sol, a dispersion, a solution, a gel, a paste, a foam, a powder, a spray, a tablet, a solid, a gas, a diluent such as water or other solvent, an aerosol, and combinations thereof. Examples of chemical preparations include polyester polymerizations, latex aggregation, chemical milling, and microencapsulization, and other methods known to those skilled in the art. Physical preparation may consist of physically grinding the decor product ingredients or other means known to those skilled in the art. Decor products may be either synthesized from a molecular route, in which polymer resin molecules incorporate colorants, dyes, and/or pigment particles at the molecular scale, such as in the method of manufacture used in chemically prepared toners, or the resin and pigment particles may be physically blended together and crushed to appropriate size by mechanical means known to those skilled in the art. [0043] The decor product may be chosen based on any number of criteria, including, but not limited to the surface type, condition, and/or composition to which the decor product is applied and/or affixed thereto. Further criteria for choosing a decor product include desired lightfastness, color range, intensity, uniformity of colorant, and/or desired curative and/or fixation properties of the decor product. Additional choice factors include enhancement of the appearance and/or feel of the carpet or other surface, masking a stain (for example, by laying an area rug-type dέcor product), or value adding to a surface (for example, to extend the life of a carpet).
[0044] A decor product useful in the present disclosure may comprise any one or combination of a colorant that includes, for example, a coloring agent, a dye, an ink, a toner, a paint, a patch, a carpet glitter, a fluorescent material, a composite thermal transfer sheet, a particle, a coating, a pigment, a luminescent material, a microparticle, magnetically responsive particles, a virtual colorant which is not colored until activated, and/or a colorant with hybrid pigment molecules, an additive, and combinations thereof. Illustratively, a decor product composition contains a colorant in an amount of greater than about 0.01% or less than about 95%, or between about 0.01% to about 70%, or between about 0.03% to about 15%, or about 0.05% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5%, of the total weight of the decor product.
[0045] Any imaginable color of the decor product is contemplated in the present disclosure including, but not limited to cyan, yellow, magenta, black, green, orange, violet, blue, red, purple, white silver, gold, metallic, clear, neutral, or non-neutral, and any combination thereof. Color may be imparted to the decor product by combining varying amounts of monochromic decor product particles of different colors or by combining varying amounts of polychromic decor product particles having different colors. Further, a specific decor product color may be achieved by combining predetermined amounts of monochromic particles of different colors or by combining predetermined amounts of polychromic decor product particles of different colors. In this way, all imaginable colors may be incorporated into the decor product.
[0046] The decor product may also comprise a virtual colorant that is not apparently colored until activated and/or deactivated. As an example, phosphorous containing colorants may be incorporated into a decor product to add special effects via fluorescent properties. Further, virtual colorants may add special visual effects by altering the apparent decor appearance according to light intensity, light angle, angle of view, and/or illumination of the decor product. Such activation of the virtual colorant includes, for example, exposing a phosphorous containing virtual colorant to various wavelengths of light. As known to those skilled in the art, phosphor containing compounds luminesce or fluoresce when exposed to light. When exposed to visible light, phosphor gives off visible white light. Exposure of a phosphor containing virtual colorant to sunlight may also make whites appear brighter because the ultraviolet light in sunlight gives the appearance that the whites in the virtual colorant glow brighter than "normal" white. When exposed to black light from, for example, a substantially ultraviolet-A wavelength emitting light bulb, phosphorous containing compounds glow with a purple hue. Black light can be provided, for example, from a tube black light that is basically a fluorescent lamp with a modified phosphor coating. This modified coating absorbs harmful shortwave ultraviolet-B and ultraviolet-C wavelengths and emits ultraviolet-A wavelengths. The tube of the tube black light is black so as to block most visible light while emitting mostly long-wave ultraviolet-A wavelengths. Another useful type of black light includes black light provided from an incandescent black light bulb. The black light emitting incandescent black light bulb is similar to a normal household light bulb, but incorporates a filter that absorbs most visible light while emitting infrared and ultraviolet-A light.
[0047] In a further embodiment, dέcor products containing virtual colorants may serve as night lights, indicate routes from room to room, exit routes, and/or escape routes. [0048] Any number of products may be used in the decor product to impart reversible coloring to a surface. Such products include, for example, dyes, toners, powder paints, inks, and combinations thereof. Examples of dyes that may be used include water-based dyes such as LIQUIDTAINT™ and VERSATINT® by Milliken Chemical Company. Examples of toners that may be used include reactive toners such as powder toners. Examples of useful powder toners include those that are available from Sawgrass Technologies, Inc., such as NATURA™ powder toners, as well as the formulations and/or compositions individually disclosed in the U.S. Patents and published patent applications provided below in Table No. 1. [0049] Table No. 1. Powder toner formulations.
Figure imgf000011_0001
[0050] Toner particles useful in the present disclosure may have size characteristics of about 90% or more of the particles having a size less than about 100 microns, or less than about 25 microns, or less than about 10 microns, or from about 0.1 to about 50 microns, or from about 1 to about 20 microns, or from about 3 to about 10 microns, or from greater than about 750 nm to about 100 microns, or larger or smaller particle sizes depending on the desired application. In one embodiment, the toner particle melting point ranges from about 6O0C or less, to about 15O0C or higher, or from about 600C to about 2750C, or from about 250C to about 1100C, or from about 80°C to about 1000C. [0051] Other toners, compositions, additives, and curing processes useful in the present disclosure are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,850,725. Yet other toners, compositions, additives, and curing processes useful in the present disclosure are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,713,222. Still other toners, compositions, additives, and curing processes useful in the present disclosure are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,680,153.
[0052] Examples of powder paints that may be useful include those with epoxy, polyester, polyurethane, and hybrid chemistries either as additives or as decor particles, described hereinafter. An example of a hybrid chemistry contemplated for use is an epoxy- polyester hybrid, which is routinely used in the reactive powder coating industry. Typical particle sizes for powder paints can range, for example, from greater than about 20 microns to about 50 microns; however, for purposes of the present disclosure, larger and smaller sizes are contemplated and may depend on, for example, the reversibility and/or affixation properties desired. Typical powder paints may have melting point temperatures from around about 107°C to about 163°C to about 302°C; however, lower and higher temperatures are contemplated within the present disclosure.
[0053] Further, the decor product may comprise a colorant with a hybrid pigment particle. An example of a hybrid pigment particle may be, for example, a dye and pigment combination. In this embodiment, the pigment molecule may coat a fiber surface, while the dye molecule penetrates the fiber.
[0054] In another embodiment, the decor product is formulated to include one or more thermoplastic resins, thermoset resins, colorants, additives, and/or liquid carriers. Examples of thermoplastic resins include polymeric materials such as polyesters, unsaturated polyesters, styrene-butadiene copolymers, polyurethanes, styrene-acrylates, and/or acrylics. Illustratively, thermoplastic and/or thermoset resins that may be useful in the present disclosure have a melting point of about 26O0C or less, for example.
[0055] In another embodiment, the decor product may include encapsulated decor product particles including, for example, nanoencapsulated, microencapsulated, macroencapsulated, and compartmentalized particles. Illustratively, microencapsulated decor product particles may include, for example, one or more outer shells, one or more inner compartments, one or more colorants, and/or one or more additives. The one or more colorants and/or one or more additives may be in the same or different compartments. This microencapsulated decor product particle may, for example, provide advantages such as to lengthen the shelf-life of the decor product, enhance decor product compatibility with delivery systems, promote bonding of the decor product to the surface, promote removability of the decor product from surfaces before and/or after fixation, and/or promote thermal fixation of the decor product to a surface. Other benefits associated with encapsulation of compounds include, for example, timed release of compounds, and buffering systems, among others known to those skilled in the art, and are contemplated in the present disclosure. The compartmentalized and/or microencapsulated decor product particles may have multiple distinct regions of equal and/or differing sizes containing the same and/or differing substances, such as, for example, one or more solids, one or more liquids, one or more gases, and/or combinations thereof. As an example, microencapsulation technologies useful in the present disclosure are provided by Microtek Laboratories, Inc. [0056] In a further embodiment, the decor product may include a removable paint and/or surface coating. In this regard, the decor product may be removable via wet-chemistries, such as ammonia-based, acid-based, and/or water-based chemistries. Illustratively, the decor product may be a liquid with one or more surfactants, ziiic oxide, and/or one or more colored pigments. The decor product of the present embodiment may be removed by, for example, a weak acid, a buffering agent, a mildly alkaline solution, a polar or non-polar solution, a detergent, a soap, an alcohol, and/or a solid compound, and/or combinations thereof.
[0057] Illustrative ammonia-based chemistries useful in the present disclosure include those supplied by Missouri Turf Paint (for example, TITAN™ Removable), or by Pioneer, or by Sports Coatings, or by Specialist Group. Acid-based chemistries useful in the decor product of the present disclosure include those supplied by Remarkable Paint Company, and include, for example, those found in RE-MARKABLE® Paint. Additional remarkable field paints useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2004/0127376. Other useful examples of remarkable field paints in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,653,265. Additional examples of strippable ammonia formulations useful in a decor product of the present disclosure include those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,041,488 and those that include susceptible styrene/acrylic compounds. Other useful water-based dyes and compositions include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,834,589.
[0058] Water-based chemistries useful in the present disclosure include those supplied by Magic Colors Company (for example, Remove It Permanent Paint System). It is further contemplated that aqueous fabric paints and/or paint systems may be useful in the decor product embodiments of the present disclosure. Examples of aqueous fabric paints useful in the present disclosure include, for example, Jacquard Products including Jacquard Textile Colors, DYE-NA-FLOW™, and NEOPAGUE™, Marabu-Textil made by Marabuwerke GmbH & Co. KG5 and SIMPLY SPRAY™ available from Sunshine Joy Distributing. Wet- erase inks removable by solvents after short or extended periods of time that can be used on multiple surfaces are also useful in the present disclosure. Such wet-erase inks may incorporate water-soluble binders, cellulose derivatives, and/or polyvinyl pyrolidone.
[0059] Additional embodiments may incorporate dry erase inks, peelable and/or strippable coatings, alkali soluble resins, and various value adding chemistries disclosed herein. Examples of dry-erase inks, compositions, and applicators thereof may include those provided by ITW Dymon, Pilot Pen Corp., Sanford Corp., Avery Dennison Corp., Binney & Smith Inc., and Dainippon Ink and Chemicals, Inc. Other dry erase inks, compositions, and applicators that may be useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,031,023. [0060] Additional useful formulations of the present disclosure include peelable and/or strippable coatings made by Spraylat International, LTD. In addition, it is contemplated that the decor product may include a thermally releasable coating and/or blowing agent to aid in the removal of the affixed decor product. An example of thermally releasable coatings and blowing agents useful in the present disclosure includes those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 5,010,131. Other coatings useful in the present disclosure include nanoparticle coating compositions disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,872,444.
[0061] In another embodiment, the decor product incorporates alkali soluble resin systems. Examples alkali resin systems include styrene/maleic anhydride, styrene/acrylic and methacrylic acid, isobutylene/maleic anhydride copolymers, and proprionic acid-modified urethanes. Alkali resin systems useful in the present disclosure are available from companies such as BASF Corp., Kuraray Co., LTD, Johnson Polymer, Rohm and Haas Co., Interpolymer Corp., Scott Bader Co., LTD, Sartomer Co., and DSM NeoResins, among others. Examples of useful additives for alkali soluble resin systems include divalent zinc salts. Other useful alkali soluble resin systems are further disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 6,147,041. Additional alkali soluble resin systems include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 5,453,459.
[0062] Further embodiments of the present disclosure may incorporate value adding chemistries including powder coatings, toner and/or ink chemistries, carpet stain removers and/or maskers, odor eliminators and/or absorbers, bleaching agents. Compositions and methods of carpet stain removing and/or masking useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in Attorney Docket Nos. J-4377A, J-4377B, J-4377C, and J-4550 (U.S. Patent Application Nos. to be assigned), filed on the same day as the present application, the disclosures of which are herein incorporated by reference. Further, technologies used in aftermarket carpet dyeing in the automotive industry may be useful in the present disclosure, including, for example, the "Pro Dye System" available from Top of the Line. An additional contemplated chemistry includes ultraviolet radiation cross-linking agents that crosslink decor product particles in preparation for affixation of the decor product to a surface or removal therefrom.
[0063] In other embodiments, a decor product contemplated in the present disclosure may include one or more additives that may be incorporated, for example, during formulation, added post-formulation prior to application of the decor product to a surface, and/or after the decor product has been applied to the surface. Illustrative additives useful in the present disclosure include, for example, a filler, a metallic particle, an adhesive, a binder, a toner, a resin such as an acrylic, an acrylic latex, a polyester, a urethane, and/or an epoxy resin, a carrier, a wax, a charge additive, a protein, an overcoating lacquer such as an ultraviolet initiator, an ultraviolet light absorber, an ultraviolet stabilizer, an ultraviolet blocker, a stabilizer, a thickening agent, anti-wicking additives, a dry powder, a surfactant, a wetting agent, an emulsifier, a coating, a dispersing agent, a perfume, a fragrance, a pigment, a dye, a preservative, a solvent, a lubricant, a fluidity improver, a flow additive, a humectant, a propellant (for example, a pressurized gas or a hydrocarbon based propellant such as butane and propane), an inorganic particulate additive, magnetically responsive microparticles, temporal emission agents, additives providing a safety benefit, additives providing a surface protection benefit, electrical additives, interactive sensory additives, a degassing agent, an antioxidant, a heat stabilizer, a wax, a silicone additive, a catalyst, a texturing agent, an electrical charge control agent, an electrical conductivity agent, a processing aid, a dry powder of a metal salt, a metal salt of a fatty acid, a colloidal silica, an inductive ingredient, and/or a metal oxide, and combinations thereof. Illustratively, a decor product composition contains an additive in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5%, of the total weight of the decor product.
[0064] An adhesive or binder may include resin particles chosen to exhibit a glass transition temperature that is lower than the glass transition temperature of resins employed in the color toners. Adhesives and/or binders with lower glass transition temperatures may positively affect the aesthetic feel of the decor after affixation. In addition, such adhesives and/or binders may augment the stability of a composition prepared as an emulsion and provide greater mechanical bonding of the decor product to carpet fibers including, for example, elastomeric materials including styrene/isoprene, styrene/butadiene, and isobutylene. Adhesives and binders may also be selected based on the reversibility on a soft surface, including, for example, nylon and polyester carpets, before and/or after a curing step, such as, for example, Alcoprint PTU (Ciba Geigy Corp.). A high level of retention after curing may also be desirable in certain applications. Examples of adhesives useful in the present disclosure include polymeric resin and may provide a laminating adhesive between a polymeric resin particle and/or between a soft surface and the polymeric resin particle. In one embodiment, the polymeric resin, for example, a toner such as a clear toner, may also act as an adhesive. Examples of adhesives and binders useful in the present disclosure include STYRONAL® ND 656, a styrene butadiene copolymer latex from BASF Corp., and INCOREZ® W2450, a urethane/acrylic emulsion from Industrial Copolymers Unlimited in the UK. Other resins useful in the present disclosure include, for example, crosslinked terpolymers of styrene, acrylate ester, and acrylonitrile available from Zeon Chemical L.P., which include toner resins S-103C and S-Hl, and styrene-acrylic resins available from Sekisui Chemicals Co. LTD5 including S-LEC resin that is based on a styrene and acrylic copolymer. Other resins useful in the present disclosure include, for example, styrene/butadiene, styrene/butyl acrylate, styrene/2-ethylhexyl acrylate, and styrene/butylacrylate resins available from Elikem, including those under the PLIOTONE™ trade name. Polyester resins may offer lower temperature fusing than styrene/acrylates or styrene/butadiene resins permitting the application of less heat to the decor product and/or the soft surface. Illustrative polyester resins include thermoset polyesters, unsaturated polyester resins, such as, orthophthalic, isophthalic, dicyclopentadiene, and bisphenol A fumarate resins, and those available from, for example, Kao Specialties Americas, LLC. Polyurethane resins, including those based on an exothermic reaction of an organic polyisocyanate with a polyol, are also useful in the present disclosure. Illustratively, a decor product composition contains an adhesive in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5%, of the total weight of the decor product. [0065] Illustrative stabilizers include a benzophenone, a benzotriazole, a salicylate, a nickel organic, a monobenzoate, a formamidene, an oxalanilide and/or a phenol. Examples of an ultraviolet stabilizer that provides enhanced protection against ultraviolet light includes those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,152,038. Examples of thickening agents useful in the present disclosure include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,752,841. Examples of anti-wicking additives useful in the present disclosure can be found in U.S. Patent No. 5,116,682.
[0066] Another embodiment contemplated in the present disclosure may incorporate one or more surface-active (surfactant) agents, for example, emulsifiers. The use of surfactants in the decor product may promote colorant and/or filler wetting, as well as improve flow and leveling of the powder finish. In addition, surfactants promote substrate wet-out during the cure reaction, which improves adhesion and corrosion resistance of the decor product. The addition of surfactants may increase the gloss and distinctness of images of the cured decor product, as well. The addition of one or more surfactants may act to stabilize the decor product formulation, as well as to assist in suspending the particles of a decor product formulation and attaching the decor product to a surface. Surfactants useful in the present disclosure include ionic, nonionic, and/or cationic surfactants. Emulsifiers and/or emulsifying agents useful herein include ALCOPRINT™ PTU from Ciba Geigy Corp., the JONCRYL™ series of emulsifying agents available from Johnson Polymer, and others known to those skilled in the art including, for example, adhesive formulations and latex formulations. Other examples of suitable emulsifiers include sodium laurylsulfate, potassium laurylsulfate, or ammonium laurylsulfate, including, for example TRITON™ 100 (octylphenoxypolyethoxy-ethanol-polyethylene glycol). Illustrative examples of cationic surfactants include dodecyl ammonium chloride, dodecyl ammonium bromide, dodecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, dodecyl pyridinium chloride, dodecyl pyridinium bromide, and hexadecyl trimethyl ammonium bromide. Illustrative examples of anionic surfactants include aliphatic soap such as sodium stearate, sodium dodecanate, sodium dodecyl sulfate, sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, and sodium laurylsulfate. Illustrative examples of nonionic surfactants include poly-oxyethylenedodecyl ether, polyoxyethylenehexadecyl ether, polyoxyethylenenonylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylenelauryl ether, polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate ether, and monodecanoyl sucrose. Illustratively, a decor product composition contains a surfactant in an amount of greater than about 0.001%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0.001% to about 50%, or between about 0.1% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%, or between about 0.1% to about 5% of the total weight of the decor product.
[0067] A fluidity improver useful herein includes, for example, styrene resin, acrylic resin, finely divided hydrophobic silica powder, finely divided titanium oxide powder and finely divided aluminum oxide powder. Further additives may serve as fiber wetting promoters, fiber drying promoters, fiber cleaners, and fiber cleaning promoters. A formulation of the present disclosure may also contain an inorganic particulate material such as, for example, magnetite, ferrite, cerium oxide, strontium titanate and/or electrically conductive titania.
[0068] The decor product may include magnetically responsive microparticles with or without colorant. In this embodiment, the decor product may be applied using a static charge and/or magnetically directed force. As an example, iron oxide and/or other magnetic particles known to those in the art form a part of the formulation rendering the decor product magnetically responsive. The magnetically responsive property may be used for further placement onto the fiber and/or for enhanced removal from the fiber and/or to aid with aesthetic considerations such as creating designs and/or patterns.
[0069] Further, the decor product envisioned in the present disclosure may have additives designed to impart additional non-visual benefits such as fragrancing and aromatherapy. Further additives may include temporal emission agents, for example, short- or long-term emission agents, such as spot cleaners and odor eliminators, and the like, and/or bioactive agent additives such as bactericides, miticides, insecticides, pesticides, and/or fungicides, which are released over periods of seconds to minutes to hours to days to weeks to months to years. [0070] Further, the decor product may incorporate additives such as fire retardants and anti-slip agents. Further, the applied decor product may serve to protect the surface areas to which it is affixed from stains, chips, dents, rips, blemishes, burns, splintering, abrasion, cuts, rust, oxidation, water damage, mold, and/or dirt. Further, the applied decor product may serve as an electrical insulator, for example, to reduce static electrical charges. [0071] In another embodiment, a decor product of the present disclosure may incorporate interactive sensory elements that interact with one or more senses of the user. Examples of interactive elements include mood lighting, sound (for example, music, indicative sound, or instructive sound), and scent (for example, fragrance emitters, deodorizers, and/or odiferous pet barriers only detectable by animals). [0072] Illustratively, a formulation of a decor product, for example, an emulsion, contains on a weight to weight basis, at least one of: 1) a surface-active agent in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; 2) an adhesive agent in an amount of greater than about 0.1% or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; 3) a colorant in an amount of greater than about 0.01% or less than about 95%, or between about 0.01% to about 70%, or between about 0.03% to about 15%, or about 0.05% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; 4) an additive in an amount of greater than about 0.1%, or less than about 75%, or between about 0% to about 50%, or between about 0.001% to about 30%, or between about 0.01% to about 10%; or between about 0.1% to about 5%; and 5) the balance water.
[0073] A clear toner may also be included in a decor product composition of the present disclosure in an amount equivalent to, for example, the amount of the colorant. For example, in a toner formulation having 10% by weight a colorant, an additional 10% by weight of the toner formulation contains a clear toner. Illustratively, in a toner formulation with about 0.5% w/w yellow colorant, about 0.4% w/w magenta colorant, and about 0.2% blue colorant, the toner formulation also contains about 1.1% clear toner. In another example, an emulsifier contains about 100 grams of water, about 1 gram of yellow NATURA™ toner, about 0.4 grams of blue NATURA™ toner, about 0.8 grams of magenta NATURA™ toner, about 2.2 grams of clear NATURA™ toner, and about 0.33 grams of ALCOPRINT™ PTU. An emulsion of the present disclosure may be made by mixing the various components of the emulsion for a period of time until the particles of the emulsion are coated with the emulsifying agent or agents. The coating of the particles may enhance the stability of the formulation. The mixing time depends on the particular components utilized in a formulation and can range from, for example, from about 1 minute or less to about 48 hours, or longer.
[0074] In another embodiment, the decor product may be formulated as a stain-removing and masking agent containing a base color such as a white and/or neutral color and/or other color onto which additional desired colors may be overlain. Illustratively, the decor product may contain a pH neutralizing and/or adjusting pretreatment compound such as, for example, a peroxide and/or a bleach, and/or a titanium dioxide-type neutral color application. The decor product may further include a stain-masking agent and/or coloring agent as disclosed herein. Another embodiment contemplates the application of a highly pigmented coating that has a white and/or neutral color that provides a mask and/or hides a color difference (for example, a stain) on a surface. Further, another material with a color matching the bulk fiber of the surface (for example, a carpet or textile) may be applied subsequent to the masking of the stain.
[0075] In yet another embodiment, a decor product composition may have a glass transition temperature (Tg) from below about 250C up to the melting temperature (Tm) of the surface substrate to which it is to be applied. In a further embodiment, the Tg ranges from about 45°C to about 75°C, or from about 45°C to about 6O0C, or from about 45°C to about 70°C, or about 55°C. The Tg and Tm of a composition or a surface substrate may be measured by methods known to those skilled in the art including, for example, dynamic mechanical analysis, thermomechanical analysis, and differential scanning calorimetry. Illustratively, Tg and Tm values of decor products and surface substrates may be determined using a Model QlOO Differential Scanning Calorimeter (TA Instruments, Inc.) at a heating rate of 20°C/min.
[0076] In still another embodiment, the decor product composition has an Imperial Chemical Industries (ICI) cone and plate viscosity of equal to or less than about 2,000 centipoises, or about 5 centipoises to about 100 centipoises, or about 15 centipoises to about 50 centipoises, or about 25 centipoises, or about 35 centipoises at about 150°C to about 200°C. The viscosity of a composition may by measured by methods known to those skilled in the art, including for example, using a Wells-Brookfield Cone/Plate viscometer distributed by Can-Am Instruments LTD and following methods as set forth in D4287-00(2005) "Standard Test Method for High-Shear Viscosity Using a Cone/Plate Viscometer," ASTM International. Further, a Brookfield CAP 2000H Cone and Plate Viscometer (available from Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc.) set at 750 rpm for 25 seconds using a size six spindle may be used to measure the ICI Cone and Plate viscosity of the decor product composition.
[0077] Application of the decor product contemplated in the present disclosure may occur by any appropriate way that is compatible with the decor product formulation utilized.
Illustrative ways to apply the decor product to a surface include the use of an ink jet printer, a jet dye process, silk screening, and/or rotary printing. Further, the decor product may be applied and/or dispensed with and/or by a spray gun, a sheet, a film, a matrix, a roller, a brush, a marker, a pen, a stamp such as a self-inking stamp, a pump sprayer, a trigger sprayer, a pressurized spraying device, a sponge, a squeegee, an airbrush, a fiber separator, a dye applicator, a roller, piezoelectric or heat driven delivery, a manual or electronic sifter, a powder "puff, a felted/flocked brush, and/or a powder paint dispenser. The decor product may be applied in a wet form, such as, for example, as a suspension or emulsion including, for example, a liquid-based solvent, a foam, a spray, a wet aerosol, or in a dry form, such as, for example, as a powder, a dry aerosol, and/or a powder with a gentle mist. [0078] By way of example, one possible method of applying a decor product to a selected surface is generally depicted in FIG. 1. Here, a finger pump sprayer 12 including a reservoir 14 for holding the decor product and finger pump 16 is used to apply a generally cone-shaped dispersion 18 of decor product to a surface 20 such as a carpet. In this embodiment, by varying the distance of the finger pump sprayer 12 from the surface 20 and angle of the finger pump sprayer relative to the surface, the size and shape of the pattern 22 imparted to the surface may be varied. In this way, a preselected pattern may be imparted to a surface using a "free-hand" technique without a design device.
[0079] Additional examples of applicators and/or dispensers of the decor product of the present disclosure include, for example, an intermittent pressurized sprayer (such as PULL 'N SPRAY® liquid applicator marketed by The Scotts and Miracle-Gro Company), an actuator spray bottle, a trigger sprayer, a mechanical spray bottle, a pump and/or pump system, a liquid refill containing the decor product for a pressurized air chamber, an aerosol barrier pack containing the decor product with a driving chamber (with a propellant, for example, carbon dioxide or a hydrocarbon), and a liquid or gel chamber for containing the decor product where use would allow pressurized spraying with reduced propellant release to the atmosphere or room being decorated by the user. Other useful sprayers include those disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,872,444.
[0080] Still further other ways to distribute the decor product include, for example, a decor product impregnated sheet that contains entrapped dry or wet decor product particles that when wetted or otherwise activated, releases the decor product onto the surface. Another example includes a decor product impregnated sheet containing entrapped liquid that releases the decor product onto the surface upon pressure application or controlled puncture. A further example includes a decor product impregnated sheet with liquid rolled or stamped thereon that promotes even distribution of the decor product. Still another example includes an apertured or perforated decor product impregnated film that collects and/or directs a releasing substance that once applied to the film releases the decor product onto a surface.
Yet another example includes a decor product impregnated matrix containing therein and/or thereon entrapped decor product formulation that releases the decor product onto a surface upon pressure, vibration, liquid transfer, heat application, and/or chemical means and/or by an electrostatic deposition device that meters an amount of decor product to be applied to a surface and precisely lays the decor product on the surface.
[0081] Still further ways for application of the decor product include a multiple chamber system that mixes the decor product upon dispensing to give the desired decor product color or other characteristic, such as are exemplified in part by trigger release systems (for example, DLSlOO, DLS 200, or Versitech systems manufactured by Take 5, Anaheim, California (www.take5net.com)), pump systems (for example, VERSADIAL® manufactured by Versadial, New York, New York, a company under the Sea Change Group) (www.versadialworld.com)), or a multichamber mixer/dispenser that is combined with a decor product applicator (for example, a brush, a spray bottle, or other applicator). Further, premixed ready-to-use bottles and/or spray cans may be used to distribute and apply the decor product.
[0082] Additional technologies contemplated for application and/or dispersion of the decor product include multifunctional devices, such as, for example, a device that combines packaging, design positioning, decor product application, and/or removal of a design device from a surface. For example, in one embodiment, a design device, for example, a stencil contains the decor product, which can be released onto a surface by applying a releasing agent, such as water, to the stencil. As an example, the use of a dry decor product may be reversibly attached to a stencil by means of a water-soluble adhesive or the decor product may be attached to a sticky side of a water-soluble transparent film. Further technologies contemplated include sprayers that impart charges to colorant droplets and/or stencils (similar to powder painting), sponging, and felt tip pens and liners.
[0083] The decor product in one embodiment may be applied using heat transfer technology including, for example, that used by color copying machines such as a Xerox DOCUCOLOR™ 12 printing onto Xerox 3R5811 or another similar transfer paper and/or similar combinations of materials provided by Hewlett Packard, Canon, Geo Knight & Co, Avery Dennison, and 3M.
[0084] Differing application factors are contemplated for encapsulated decor product particles including control release, temperature release, concentration release, and any other release mechanism known to those skilled in the art. For example, release of the contents of a microencapsulated decor product particle contents may be triggered by changes in pH, such as by applying a common solvent such as, for example, an ammonia-containing solution. Examples of a temperature release mechanism include exposure of the microencapsulated decor product particles to a temperature above a release threshold, where the release of the microencapsulated decor product particle contents only occurs above the predetermined threshold temperature. A concentration release application may apply a portion of a colorant to the surface over an extended period of time to render a more evenly distributed and/or more thoroughly distributed appearance of the colorant to a surface. Illustratively, a microencapsulated decor product particle with a polymer resin particle shell and containing trapped colorant particles and/or other compounds disclosed herein may be activated by thermal activation and/or specific chemistry-related activation (including, for example pH modulation using, for example, ammonia). As such, the outer polymer shell would melt and/or dissolve, and the colorant particles and/or other microparticle contents may be allowed to flow and thus be applied to the surface. Nonexclusive examples of release mechanisms useful in the present disclosure include those found in U.S. Patent No. 6,893,662. Additional release mechanisms contemplated for treating of the microencapsulated decor particle result in at least one of breaking, heating, weakening, and/or dissolving one or more shells of a decor particle.
[0085] A decor product once applied and/or affixed to the surface may be temporary, permanent, and/or semi-permanent. An example of a semi-permanent decor product includes a decor product with a temporary adhesive that adheres and/or attaches a decor particle to the surface. Such a formulation may provide short term durability, for example, hours to weeks, of the decor product on a surface by substantially adhering and/or attaching the decor product thereon. In one embodiment, short term durability allows the decor product to be applied to a surface for an occasion, special event, and/or holiday without the decor product needing to be affixed to the surface and at the same time being easily removable therefrom. An example of decor product attachment to a surface is seen in FIG. 2, which is a scanning electron micrograph showing dry decor particles 32 attached to an individual nylon carpet fiber 34.
[0086] Removal of the decor product from the surface may be either through dry removal methods or wet removal methods such as through using various devices and methods including, for example, a vacuum, a vacuum combined with mechanical action such as agitation, wet extraction, steam cleaning, chemical application (for example, applying an organic or inorganic solvent), using an ultrasound process, using detergents, using dilute ammonia solutions, and/or using an abrasive eraser. Some or all of the aforementioned processes may be employed to remove the decor product prior to and/or after setting, affixing, and/or curing of the decor product on or to the surface.
[0087] Examples of solvents useful in the present disclosure include polar and/or nonpolar solvents, including those disclosed in the Handbook of Organic Solvent Properties, Smallwood, LM. 1996, Elsevier. Such solvents include, for example, water, hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as aliphatic alcohols, other alcohols, glycol ethers, nitrated and chlorinated solvents such as chlorinated hydrocarbons, ketones, ethers, and/or esters. Other useful solvents include acetone, amines, benzyl acetate, phenols, polyvinyl alcohol, and/or the organic sulfone or sulfoxide families including dimethyl sulfoxide. Detergents and soaps may also be used to remove a decor product from the surface. Combinations of the above may also be used. [0088] By way of example, reversibility of a decor product applied to a surface may be determined in the following manner. Initially, a test surface, such as, for example, a two-foot by two-foot square piece of nylon and/or polyester carpet is thoroughly cleaned using an upright vacuum cleaner (for example, a Bissell CLEANVIEW® II vacuum cleaner, manufactured by Bissell Homecare, Inc.) to remove loose fibers and/or dirt. The baseline color of each of three spots over which the decor product is applied is determined using a colorimeter such as a Minolta data-processor model DP-301 combined with a Minolta model CR-310 chroma meter (both manufactured by Konica Minolta Sensing Americas, Inc.) set to the "L - a - b" setting to allow determination of ΔE (color change) and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions. [0089] The decor product is applied using, for example, a finger pump (output 60 micron particle size) onto the surface of the three spots until the test area is completely saturated. The decor product is allowed to substantially dry to the touch, which is typically overnight to assure complete drying, though shorter or longer periods may be used depending on, for example, the relative humidity and/or temperature of the ambient environment. After the decor product is dry, the color of each of the three spots is determined using the colorimeter as mentioned above. Subsequently, the three spots are vacuumed using a wet/dry vacuum with a hose attachment and brushless triangular tool, such as, for example, a Shop- Vac® 1x1 portable wet/dry vacuum 12 V 60Hz, 5.5A, model 2101A (manufactured by Shop- Vac, Inc.). The three spots are vacuumed in one direction several times and repeated in the other direction for a period of to ensure adequate removal. After vacuuming, a colorimeter measurement is taken to determine the change in color. Change in color (Δ E) was determined using the following formula:
ΔE = VC(L1 - L2)2 + (ai - a2)2 + (bi - b2)2)
where "L" refers to "lightness" with values of 0 = black to 100 = white; increasing "a" values indicate more red color and decreasing "a" values indicate more green color; and increasing "b" values indicate more yellow color and decreasing "b" values indicate more blue color. [0090] Illustratively, a substantially removable decor product has a ΔE value as compared to the initial reading of an untreated carpet of less than about 20, or less than about 10, or less than about 7.5, or in the range of about 0 to about 15. [0091] Factors that may affect reversibility of the decor product from a surface may include, for example, decor product specific factors, application specific factors, and/or surface specific factors. Examples of decor product specific factors may include the type and/or concentration of emulsifier included in the decor product formulation, which may affect adherent interactions between the decor product and the surface to which the decor product is applied thereto. Further, when the decor product composition includes a particulate component, for example, a decor particle, the reversibility of the decor product may be affected by the size of the particle. Although not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that smaller particle size may affect reversibility due to possible greater penetration of the particles into recesses and interstices of a non-smooth surface such as carpet, thus reducing access to the smaller particles for the subsequent removal process.
[0092] Application specific factors that may affect reversibility include the extent of surface saturation when applying the decor product to the surface and the method and/or device used to apply the decor product to the surface. Surface saturation includes, for example, the density of applied decor product on the surface. Greater surface saturation may lead to an increased likelihood of residual decor product remaining after removing the major portion of decor product applied to the surface, and/or greater penetration of the decor product into the recesses and interstices of the surface thereby reducing accessibility of the removal process to the decor products. Further, the method and/or application device used to apply the decor product may affect reversibility. Illustratively, the decor product may be applied to a surface in a fashion to coat the surface with little to no surface penetration. For example, an applicator that applies the decor product in a mist, such as by a finger pump with a 60 micron or less spray nozzle, may be used to coat the surface with little or no penetration of the interstices of the surface. In this example, decor product reversibility may be improved owing to the minimal surface penetration of the decor product. However, if it is desired to apply the decor product with an aerosol spray container, or other such applicator that expels the decor product from the container with a greater velocity than, for example, a hand pump, deeper penetration of the surface may result, which may affect removal of the decor product from the surface by, for example, limiting or inhibiting access of the removal process to the decor product.
[0093] Surface specific factors that may influence decor product reversibility include, for example, surface structure and/or texture, the electrostatic charge held by the surface, and/or surface pretreatments affecting, for example, surface tension. Surface structure factors such as fiber density, in the case of carpets and the like, may influence decor product reversibility.
For example, dense carpet structures may be more likely to minimize particle penetration as opposed to open structures such as, for example, nylon shag carpets and older carpets with damaged braids. Thus, less dense surfaces may influence decor product reversibility by, for example, reducing the access of the decor product to the removal process as compared to more dense surfaces.
[0094] Further, surface electrostatic charge and/or surface tension may influence reversibility. Illustratively, a surface treatment may be used to lower the electrostatic charge and/or surface tension to improve the reversibility characteristics of the decor products. Examples of surface treatments that may be used include 3M SCOTCHGUARD™ Carpet and Upholstery Protector (manufactured by 3M) and/or Advanced TEFLON® Carpet protector (manufactured by E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company). Further, such pretreatments may promote decor product coverage and/or dispersion on the surface with smaller volumes of the decor product thus indirectly promoting decor product reversibility through minimizing the risk of oversaturation. [0095] In some instances, the decor product may be formulated to have a larger particle size to improve or enhance reversibility by reducing the amount of particles based on size that can penetrate the smaller interstices of the surface. Further, and not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that smaller sized particles, for example, particles less than about 5 to about 10 microns in size, may be held relatively more tightly to the surface by an electrostatic charge and/or surface tension as compared to larger particles, for example, particles greater than about 20 microns in size, making the smaller sized particles relatively more difficult to remove from the surface as compared to larger sized particles. Thus, in some embodiments, surface pretreatment, additional effort and/or additional methods may be needed to achieve the same reversibility characteristics for decor products formulated with smaller particles as compared to decor products formulated with larger particles.
[0096] Once a decor product of the present disclosure has been applied to a surface and the user has decided to keep the decor product on the surface, the decor product may be cured and/or affixed by chemical curing and/or mechanical bonding to the surface temporarily, permanently, and/or semi-permanently according to the formulation of the decor product. Any curing or affixing technique compatible with the decor product and the surface is contemplated in the methods disclosed herein including, for example, the application of energy and/or a chemical to the decor product. Examples of curing or affixing techniques include, for example, heat curing, steam curing, pressure curing, exposure to an electromagnetic field, including for example, ultraviolet radiation, radio frequency curing, a magnetic field, and the like, ultrasound curing, induction heat curing, solar heat curing, exothermic reaction heat curing, convective heat curing, and/or radiant heat curing. Further, curing or affixation of the decor product may be accomplished by exposure of the decor product to the ambient environment. [0097] The decor product in one embodiment may be affixed to a surface using heat in a range from about -70C to about 6500C, or about 40C to about 4000C, or at a temperature less than about 26O0C, or about 2O0C to about 18O0C, or about 650C to about 12O0C, or higher and lower temperatures depending on the surface in which the decor product is applied. Further, the duration of the curing or affixing step is generally decor product- and/or surface-specific, and illustratively, ranges from less than 1 second to about 15 minutes, or from about 15 minutes to about 1 hour, or from about 1 hour to about 4 hours, or from about 5 hours to about 8 hours, or from about 8 to about 12 hours, or longer for curing of the decor product.
[0098] Tools that may be used to cure and/or affix the decor product to a surface include, for example, a hot iron, an enclosure or frame containing a CALROD™ heating element suspended over the surface being heated, an enclosure or frame with one or more incandescent light bulbs, a heat gun, an enclosure or frame with a heater and a blower to infuse hot air onto the substrate, an enclosure or frame with an infrared heating element, an enclosure or frame with an ultraviolet light source, a steam-making device, a heated tool (for example, a household iron, an electric griddle, or a hair dryer or objects similar in function but specifically designed for the application), or a microwave emitting device or a radio frequency emitting device. The devices contemplated herein to be used for decor product affixation may incorporate heat sensors and timers to facilitate the affixation process and further protect the surface to which the decor product is being applied from damage from overheating. [0099] Additional ways to affix the decor product to a surface include inductive heating of a decor product containing metal nano- or microparticles, moisture curing systems, adding magnetic enhancements to a deposited decor product, and treatment of additives within the decor product to induce affixation. Further ways to affix the decor product to a surface include those disclosed in the U.S. Patent and published patent application provided in Table No. 1 above.
[00100] An illustration of affixation is shown in FIG. 3. Here, the decor product has been applied to a surface 44, such as a nylon carpet described herein and has substantially dried to the surface to form substantially dry decor particles 42 attached thereto. An affixation device 46 emitting energy 48, for example, an electromagnetic field, is being passed over the applied decor particles 42 in a direction A. Upon contact of the emitted energy 48, the decor particles begin to melt and flow and upon removal of the emitted energy begin to cool and bond to the surface 44 to become substantially affixed to the surface. A further example of fixation is seen in FIG. 4, which is a scanning electron micrograph showing a resultant decor particle film formed on individual fibers of a carpet. [00101] Protective coverings may also be applied to a deposited decor product for the purpose of affixing the decor product and/or to add to the resiliency of the decor product to wear. Useful protective coverings include, for example, nanoparticle coating compositions disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,872,444. Further, fixatives useful in the present
5 disclosure include those used in artistry to fix and/or seal, for example, pastels, pencil, charcoal, crayon, ink, gouache, or watercolor. Such fixatives include those available under the trade names Blue Label Reworkable FIXATIF® (Martin F. Webber Co.), GOLDEN®
. Archival Spray Varnish (Golden Artist Colors Inc.), KRYLON® Workable Fixative (Krylon
Products Group, The Sherwin-Williams Company), and LASCAUX® Fine Art Fixative 0 (Lascaux Colours & Restauro, Switzerland).
[00102] It is further contemplated that the surface to which a decor product is to be applied and/or affixed thereto may be conditioned prior to the application of the decor product. Examples of such conditioning include, but are not limited to cleaning, vacuuming, steam cleaning, bleaching, pH balancing, reducing the pH, increasing the pH, sweeping, painting, 5 scrubbing, wetting, texturing, leveling, tilting, drying, heating, cooling, sanding, buffing, coating, removing coatings therefrom, reducing the electrostatic charge of the surface, and/or applying a surface treatment, such as an upholstery and carpet protector including, for example, 3M SCOTCHGAURD™ Carpet and Upholstery Protector (manufactured by 3M) and/or Advanced TEFLON® Carpet protector (manufactured by E. I. du Pont de Nemours 0 and Company).
[00103] Illustratively, the durability of a substantially affixed dέcor product can be expressed in terms of a ΔE value by determining the ratio of the ΔE measured between an untreated surface and a decor product affixed on the surface and the ΔE measured between the untreated surface and the decor product affixed and subsequently vacuumed as described 5 herein and subtracting this ratio from 100. Illustratively, the percentage change in ΔE for a substantially affixed decor product has a range of about 0% to about 20% change in ΔE.
[00104] A further embodiment of the present disclosure includes the use of a design device that a user may use to control the application of the decor product to a surface for the purpose of creating, for example, a pattern on the surface to enhance the aesthetic effect of the decor !0 product. Possible decor product patterns on surfaces contemplated in the present disclosure include any and all images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs. Preselected or random patterns may also be imparted to a surface using an inherent dispersal pattern from a decor product applicator with or without movement of the applicator over a selected surface during application of the decor product. For example, by using a spray applicator with a cone- shaped dispersal pattern, a user may choose to apply discrete spots and/or circles having diameters that are varied by varying the distance from which the applicator is held from the surface during application of the decor product. Further, a user may move the applicator during application of the decor product over the surface in a predetermined or random pattern to achieve a predetermined or random pattern on the surface. As such, preselected patterns and/or random patterns may be imparted to a surface with or without a design device. [00105] Design devices contemplated in the present disclosure may limit, direct, focus, concentrate, guide, dilute, and/or disperse an amount of decor product applied to certain predetermined areas of a selected surface. The design device may include, for example, a stencil, a template, an array, a guide, a frame, a pattern imparting device, a device imparting graphics in a random manner, a manual device, an automatic device, a computer guided device, a programmed device, and/or any combination thereof. The design device contemplated for use herein including, for example, a stencil, may be constructed totally or in part with a material such as, for example, paper, wood, stone, plastic, cardboard, metal, and/or any combination thereof.
[00106] Stencils or other design devices contemplated for use in the present disclosure may be designed, constructed, shaped, and/or reshaped, in a predetermined, ordered, disorganized, and/or random manner by means of laser, knife, die cutting, and/or any other appropriate means as determined by the nature of the stencil material (for example, hardness or softness of the stencil materials) to render a predetermined, ordered, disorganized, and/or random shape that allows a predetermined, ordered, disorganized, and/or random deposition of at least a visual design by introducing a decor product on a surface. The stencils may further be laminated and have additional layers applied thereto post-construction and/or post- designing.
[00107] An exemplary stencil 60 useful in the present disclosure is shown in FIG. 5 and includes a material containment layer 62 (for example, for the absorption of liquids and/or entrapping of dry materials and/or solids) that includes a paper tissue, a synthetic woven or non-woven material that may or may not be coated with an absorbent hydrophilic material, and/or a solid and/or liquid entrapping substance. The material containment layer may have a thickness of about 0.01 mil to about 1000 mils, or about 0.1 mil to about 500 mils, or about 0.5 mil to about 150 mils, or about 1.25 mils to about 50 mils, or about 2 mils to about 15 mils, or a lesser or greater thicknesses depending on the application. The stencil may also incorporate a liquid barrier layer 64 to protect a selected surface from unintended colorant exposure that may comprise a liquid barrier made of any hydrophobic material, including a polyolefin such as polyethylene. The liquid barrier layer 64 may also be comprised of a coating applied to one surface of the absorbent material to hinder liquid transport through the absorbent material. Such a coating may be polymeric in composition such as an acrylic polymer. The liquid barrier may have a thickness in the range of about 0.01 to about 1000 mils, or about 0.1 mil to about 500 mils, or about 0.5 mil to about 150 mils, or about 1.25 mils to about 50 mils, or about 2 mils to about 15 mils, or lesser or greater thicknesses depending on the application. An example of a material containment layer and barrier layer combined together useful in the present disclosure, includes the commercially available GOTCHA COVERED® drop cloth by Kimberly-Clark Corp. The stencil 60 further includes a first support layer 66 that helps to secure the edges of one or more cutout portions 68 that provides a passage through at least the material containment layer 62 and the liquid barrier layer 64 of the stencil 60. In this embodiment, the first support layer 66 comprises threads, but other materials may be used, in addition to or in place of threads as described below. Further, the stencil 60 includes a second support layer 70 that helps to secure the stencil 60 to a surface (not shown), such as a carpet. The second support layer 70 may consist of adherent materials including, for example, adherent mesh-like materials as described below.
[00108] A cross-sectional view of the stencil 60 is shown in FIG. 6. Here, the cutout portions 68 are shown through the material containment layer 62, the liquid barrier layer 64, and the second support layer 70. However, the second support layer 70 need not have the cutout portion 68 pass therethrough to allow a decor product to be deposited on a surface due to its mesh-like structure.
[00109] In another embodiment, the material containment layer and the barrier layer may be made of the same material. For example, a dual purpose material (for example, a paper material) that has densities that differ by layers. In this example, the top layer of the dual purpose material corresponds to the material containment layer and has a density that absorbs W 2
-31- liquids and/or entraps dry material and/or solids and the bottom layer corresponds to the barrier layer and has a density that prevents passage of liquids therethrough. Further, varying thicknesses may contribute to the functionality of the dual purpose material previously described in addition to or in lieu of varying material densities. Such a dual purpose material may be advantageous over using multiple materials to create a stencil envisioned in the current disclosure by facilitating manufacture of the stencil.
[00110] Another stencil that may be used in the present disclosure may also include a fibrous support layer that has securement and/or attachment properties, such as tulle, scrim, VELCRO®, VERSA HOOK from Avery Dennison, and the like. Illustratively, when the support layer is laid upon a surface, the support layer comes in contact with the surface to which the stencil is to be releasably secured in such a way as to adequately secure the stencil to the surface to allow deposition of the decor product upon the surface and render the intended result. The support layer may also comprise other adherent mechanisms, properties, and/or devices such as, adhesive strips, pressure-sensitive adhesive, and/or any standard bonding mechanism known to those skilled in the art. An additional support layer including, for example, a loose grid, web, or mesh-like material including, for example, thread, is envisioned that may be placed adjacent the barrier layer of the stencil. In this embodiment, the cutout portion may extend through the material containment layer, the barrier layer, and the support layer. An exemplary stencil useful in the present disclosure in which the support layer is a pressure-sensitive adhesive includes that disclosed in, for example, U.S. Patent No. 6,779,443. The support layer may be of sufficient area to minimize unintended exposure of a surface, as well as function to maintain the structural integrity of the stencil.
[00111] Stencils that may be used in this application may be substantially resilient to decor product removing means and/or affixation means. The stencil may be used to protect underlying surfaces from the decor product removing means disclosed herein. Further, stencils contemplated within the context of the present disclosure when disposed upon a surface may protect portions of the selected surface from at least one of application, removal, or affixation of the decor product by means of at least one of the material containment layer or the barrier layer. Further, a design device may protect an area adjacent to the preselected pattern from receipt of the decor product. [00112] Stencils contemplated in the present disclosure may have cutout portions and/or peripheral edges substantially shaped into a desired pattern, shape, and/or design. Illustratively, as seen in FIG. 7, a stencil 80 has star-shaped peripheral edge 82 and an internal cutout 84 having a similar shape as the peripheral edge. This exemplary stencil may be used, for example, when a decor product is being applied to a large area of a surface such that the stencil base 86 between the peripheral edge 82 and the internal cutout 84 blocks application of the decor product to the surface to leave a decor product-free pattern on the surface.
[00113] The stencil may also have one or more cut-out portions and/or pre-cut punch-out portions that may be selectively removed by a user. Reverse image stencils contemplated in one embodiment may be used to impart a reverse visual image upon a surface by first being placed upon the surface to which a decor product is intended to be applied. In this embodiment, the peripheral edge of the stencil is cut and/or constructed to impart a pattern, shape, and/or design to a surface when a decor product is applied to the stencil and underlying surface. It is envisioned, that the reverse image stencil may or may not have a cutout portion therethrough. After the placing of the stencil or stencils, the decor product is applied to both the surface and the stencils. The stencil or stencils function to protect the underlying surface in the shape of the desired image resulting in a decor product-free area in the shape of the desired image surrounded by a decor product covered area outlining the desired shape. Further, conventional stencils contemplated in the present disclosure may be used to impart a visual image upon an intended surface by first being placed upon the surface to which a decor product is intended to be applied, after the placing of the stencil or stencils the decor product is applied to both the surface and the stencils, and the stencil or stencils function to protect the surface surrounding the shape of the desired image resulting in a decor product covered area in the shape of the desired image surrounded by a decor product-free area outlining the desired shape.
[00114] Another illustrative stencil imparts an image to a surface when used in conjunction with the decor product removal means, such as, for example, a vacuum, after the decor product has been applied to the surface. In this example, the decor product is first applied to the surface and the stencil is placed on the surface where the decor product had been applied. After the stencil has been applied to the treated area, a user may apply a second decor product to the treated area and stencil to impart multiple patterns of different decor products a surface. This process may be repeated until a desired affect is achieved. Alternatively, after applying the stencil to the treated area, the decor product that remains exposed within cutout portions of the stencil and/or in areas surrounding the peripheral edges of the stencil may be removed by decor product removing means disclosed herein. The removal of the decor product results in images similar to those with the reverse image stencils and/or the conventional stencils disclosed above.
[00115] One or more stencils may be used simultaneously to apply a visual design to a surface. When desired, one or more stencils may be used in combination with any number of other stencils contemplated in the present disclosure and/or auxiliary devices that aid in design formation and/or stencil communication. A multiplicity of stencils intended to be used together to impart a design or other graphic representation on a selected surface may be coordinated with relation to one another and the room or volume of choice by coordinating, aligning, interfacing, connecting, and/or guiding systems that secure the stencils either together or apart from each other or from predetermined or random positions within a room or other volume either on the surface on which the decor is intended to be applied or any other point in the room or other volume. Examples of coordinating, aligning, interfacing, connecting, and/or guiding means useful herein include reusable or disposable pegs that anchor stencils and/or additional auxiliary devices that aid in design formation and/or stencil communication together via peg securement locations, color strips disposed along a surface of the stencils, letters, symbols, notches, and/or other indicia that guide assembly of the stencil organization. An example of a stencil coordinating mechanism is illustrated in FIGS. 8-11.
[00116] FIG. 8 depicts a disposable and/or reusable peg 90 that can be affixed to a surface to form an anchor point on the surface for coordinating stencil placement on the surface. In this example, the peg 90 has multiple layers of adhesive strips 92 to adhere the peg to the surface, however, a single strip may be included or some other adherent mechanism such as VELCRO® dots and/or other adhesive agents known to those skilled in the art.
[00117] FIG. 9 shows a transparent layout tool 102 that may be placed on a surface 104 to be decorated. The layout tool 102 includes one or more spacing portions 106, for example, an array, sized to permit one or more pegs 90 to be inserted (as shown by arrow B) into the spacing portion and attached to the surface 104. The layout tool may also include a colored pattern that may serve as a preview for a selected decor design that may be achieved using a corresponding set of stencils. To determine placement of the layout tool 102 on the surface 104 in order to, for example, center the layout tool on the surface, the user may measure a distance from a feature on the surface, for example, a floor vent, or may measure a distance from a wall or other room feature to determine desired placement of the layout tool.
[00118] By using of a plurality of pegs 90 along with the layout tool 102, a user may construct an array 112 of pegs attached to the surface 104 as is seen in FIG. 10. To coordinate one or more stencils on the surface 104 using the coordinating mechanism of the current embodiment, the user may place a stencil 122 or a layout tool having a hollow peg 124 centered over a hole in the stencil (not shown) on top of one of the pegs 90 adhered to the surface 104 (as shown by arrow C) to anchor the stencil on the surface. Alternatively, the hole in the stencil 122 may serve to receive the peg 90 and orient the stencil on the surface. It is also envisioned that a stencil 122 may include more than one hole and/or hollow peg 124, for example, a hollow peg at each corner of a square stencil, to securely position the stencil on the surface. Further, in a similar fashion, additional layout tools 102 that include holes and/or hollow pegs 124 may be positioned on the surface 104 in a predictable and symmetrical manner by starting with a minimal number of measurements for the first layout tool position. In this way, an array of pegs 90 may be placed on a large surface using one layout tool 102 to allow a large number of stencils to be placed on the surface 104 to permit an entire surface to be decorated with at one time.
[00119] Use of coordinating, interfacing, and/or guiding means may allow the consumer to impart a decor product in predetermined or random patterns, designs, images, lines, geometric shapes, discrete images, and/or repetitive images and the like, in a visually perceived organized manner or a visually perceived disorganized and/or random manner.
[00120] Any and all images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs may be imparted on a surface using the design devices of the present disclosure. For example, images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated in the present disclosure may be regular or non-regular, linear or non-linear, and repeatable or non-repeatable patterns, including, for example, ornamental, tracery, or geometric forms, simplified primitive and symbolic images and patterns, compositional multi-object landscapes, images depicting real or imaginary stories or plots, images with text, art images, standard and/or reproducible images, real or imaginary letters, real or imaginary numbers, cartoons, real or imaginary typographical symbols, illustrations, patterns, designs, indicia, and/or shapes, and combinations thereof.
[00121] Further, images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may be varied by palette, combination of standard or random images, size, positioning on a surface and/or customized by combination of multiple parameters, for example, pictures, patterns, palette, size, positioning, among others. The images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may also be varied by coloring with reflective and/or refractive elements, optical effects provided by an overcoat, the use of optical properties of static or dynamic flat images, and/or use of tactile properties imparted to a surface by additives and/or by affixation of the decor product.
[00122] It is further contemplated that images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may also be chosen by the consumer based on like or dislike, visual evaluation by comparing an image with a standard set of images, colors, and/or templates. The images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs useful in the present disclosure may also be chosen based on an interactive digital library with changeable parameters for adjustment to specific room or other volume environments, and may also be based on computer modeling for a specific room or other volume.
[00123] Further still, the images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated may be, for example, the result of freestyle design, the creation of single color images using varied forms of stencils, the creation of multiple color images using several stencils, the creation of multiple color images using compound stencils where with a sequential and possibly repeated manner one color is applied to a surface and stencil, then a layer of stencil removed and a protective layer added to protect the first color and/or a second color is immediately applied creating a color mixture on the dual exposed areas and a single color area on the single exposure areas, transfer of prefabricated images from a carrier, and/or sequential image fabrication from standard elements such as lines, dots, and/or pixels.
[00124] Additional images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated may be unique art work, single independent images, one or more systems of connected, potentially interrelated images coordinated with the immediate environment (with a room or objects within or characteristic of a room), and/or a two way coordination of decorative images on one or more surfaces and immediate surroundings. Further, images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs contemplated may serve purposes beyond visual ornamentation, such as teaching, directing, and/or instructing, including prompts, reminders, messages, alphabets, maps, equations, phrases, poems, warnings, language tools, or indexing means (for example, bar codes).
[00125] It is also contemplated that combining one or more decor products with at least one stencil allows a user to create images that may be monochromatic with constant or varied intensity and with or without shadow effects. Further, images possible using the present disclosure may also be polychromatic with constant or varied intensity and with or without shadow effects, or may be two or more color contrast images achieved via multiple patches of colors and shapes. Polychromatic images may have mixed or intermediate colors and may or may not provide complete and natural palette. Any number of variations to the appearance of a treated surface may be achieved using the compositions of the decor product envisioned in this disclosure along with or more design devices.
[00126] An example of using the decor product with a design device is described hereafter. As seen in FIG. 12, a method of applying a design to a soft surface such as a carpet is shown generally at 200. In one embodiment, the carpet is already been installed in a room and may be substantially dry, although the method may be undertaken on a wet or humid surface as well. To apply the design to the carpet, according to one method of the present disclosure, a user first selects one or more design devices at step 212.
[00127] In addition to selecting one or more design devices, a user may select one or more decor products to be incorporated into the design that may differ, for example, by color. One or more consumer aids may be used to assist the user in making these selections. The design mechanisms may include, for example, a user making a simple decorating decision, such as determining an arrangement of design devices and colors to sophisticated computer design aids, such as CD-ROM training programs that teach color application or provide creative suggestions. Additional consumer aid design mechanisms include color analysis, matching, and blending, and may include the use of colorimeters, color scanners, and/or software algorithms. Further examples of consumer aids, are disclosed herein. [00128] Once the user has selected one or more design devices, the user then places the design device adjacent the carpet (step 214). The one or more design devices may be placed in any arrangement on the carpet and may cover a small portion of the surface, such as a center, edge, or corner, or substantially the entire carpet, or any amount therebetween. [00129] After the one or more design devices have been placed in a desired arrangement on the carpet, the user applies a decor product to a cutout portion of the design device at step 216. Alternatively, or in addition to, the decor product may be placed on portions of the design device that directly contact (for example, a non-cutout portion of the design device) the soft surface. Upon contacting the surface, the user may allow the decor product to substantially dry on the surface at step 218. After application of the decor product the design device may be left in place while the decor product dries or may be removed from the surface immediately after application at step 220. If the used decides not to keep the design on the surface, the user may substantially remove the decor product from the surface as described herein at step 222. Otherwise, if the user decides to keep the design, the user may substantially affix the decor product to the surface as described herein at step 224. Further, the design device may be removed from the surface before or after the decor product is removed from or affixed to the surface.
[00130] An example of a stencil 230 useful in the present disclosure is shown in FIG. 13. The stencil 230 consists of a stencil base 232 and a cutout portion 234. The stencil base 232, including the material containment layer (not shown), barrier layer (not shown), and a support layer 236, is made out of any appropriate material including, for example, paper, plastic, cardboard, cloth, synthetic fabric, natural fabric, cellulose, and/or metal, or any other desired material. The cutout portion 234 consists of any pattern, shape, or design desired. A support layer 236, as is visible through the cutout portion 234, is provided adjacent a bottom surface of the stencil base 232. The stencil 230 is used to create an image on a surface by applying the decor product to the cutout portion 234 of the stencil, wherein upon removal of the stencil, the design is left on the surface of the carpet. The decor product can then be removed or affixed.
[00131] A bottom view of the stencil 230 is shown in FIG. 13 A, further depicting the support layer 236. The support layer 236 extends across a small portion of a bottom surface of the stencil base 232, but may extend to and/or beyond edges of the stencil base. The support layer 236 assists in securing the stencil 230 to a soft surface, securing the edges of the stencil, keeping the stencil flat, and securing and/or facilitating the transfer of a decor product.
[00132] A cross section of a stencil useful in the present disclosure and similar to the stencil 230 of FIGS. 13 and 13A is shown at 240 in FIG. 14. The stencil 240 includes an absorbent top layer 242, a liquid barrier layer 244, and cutout portions 246 representing a cutout portion of a design, such as the cutout portion 234 (FIGS. 13 and 13A). In addition, the stencil 240 may be disposed adjacent a carpet 248. The absorbent top layer 242 inhibits or prevents dripping and/or bleeding of a decor product while on the carpet 248, as well as when the stencil 240 is removed from the carpet, and may consist of, for example, paper tissue and/or a synthetic non-woven material coated with an absorbent, hydrophilic material. The liquid barrier layer 244 is disposed adjacent the absorbent top layer 242 and inhibits or prevents the decor product from seeping through to the carpet 248 and may consist of any hydrophobic material, including, for example, a polyolefin such as polyethylene. [00133] A cross sectional view of the stencil 230 is shown in FIG. 15. The stencil 230 includes an absorbent top layer 252, a liquid barrier layer 254, and cutout portions 234, and may be disposed adjacent a carpet 259. The stencil 250 further includes a support layer 236 that may consist of a woven and/or non-woven mesh material, such as, for example, tulle, scrim, and/or cheesecloth spanning the cutout portion and that allows the decor product to substantially pass therethrough.
[00134] FIG. 16 illustrates an additional stencil that may be provided, for example, in a kit, shown generally at 270. The stencil 270 may be used at a border of a carpet and includes a stencil base 272 and a cutout portion 274. The stencil 270 also includes color strips 276 and 278 having a specific color thereon, for the purpose of aligning the stencil 270 with one or more additional stencils having corresponding and/or complementary color strips.
[00135] A stencil 280 that may be used at a corner of a carpet is shown in FIG. 17. The stencil 280 includes a stencil base 282 and a cutout portion 284. The stencil 280 further includes color strips 286 and 288 and an arrow 290 used for aligning the stencil 280 with internal surfaces of a corner of the carpet. [00136] Two additional stencils are shown in FIG. 18 and FIG. 19. A stencil 1000 of FIG. 18 may be used at a first end of a carpet and includes a stencil base 1020, a cutout portion 1040, and a color strip 1060. A stencil 1100 of FIG. 19 may be used at a second end of a carpet and includes a stencil base 1120, a cutout portion 1140, and a color strip 1160. [00137] FIGS. 20-22 illustrate an exemplary application of the respective stencils 270, 280, 1000, 1100 of FIGS. 16-19 to a carpet 1260 according to a sample set of instructions that may be provided in a kit along with the stencils. As shown in FIG. 20, a room 1200 is provided for illustrative purposes. The room 1200 includes a first wall 1220, a second wall 1240, and the carpet 1260. Following the instructions provided, the user is instructed to place the corner stencil 280 of FIG. 17 into a corner formed by walls 1220 and 1240, wherein the arrow 290 is pointing to the corner.
[00138] The user is further instructed to place first and second border stencils 270 of FIG. 16, adjacent the corner stencil 280 of FIG. 17, as shown in FIG. 21. The color strip 276 of the first border stencil 270 is placed on top of or adjacent the color strip (not shown) of the corner stencil 280 having the same color thereon. Likewise, the color strip 278 of the second border stencil 270 is placed on top of or adjacent the color strip (not shown) of the corner stencil 280 having the same color thereon.
[00139] Further, and as shown in FIG. 22, the user is instructed to place the first and second end stencils 1000 and 1100 of FIGS. 18 and 19, respectively, adjacent the first and second border stencils 270. The color strip 1060 of the first end stencil 1000 is placed on top of the color strip (not shown) of the first border stencil 270 having the same color thereon. Likewise, the color strip 1160 of the second end stencil 1100 is placed on top of the color strip (not shown) of the second border stencil 270 having the same color thereon.
[00140] The user may then apply (for example, by spraying) the decor product on the cutout portions of the stencils 270, 280, 1000, 1100. After applying the decor product, the user may remove the stencils to view the design produced on the carpet by the remaining decor product 1520. A sample design created by the remaining decor product 1520 is shown generally at 1500 in FIG. 23.
[00141] In yet an alternative embodiment, a room 1600 is shown in FIG. 24. Four walls 1620, 1640, 1660, and 1680 define outer portions of a carpet 1700. A design device, such as a grid pattern 1720, may be used in conjunction with one or more design devices, such as a stencil 1740. The grid pattern 1720 may be designed to cover all or a portion of the carpet 1700. Once the grid pattern 1720 is placed adjacent the carpet 170O5 one or more stencils, such as the stencil 1740 having a cutout portion 1760 therethrough, may be used to create a design. The stencil 1740 and the grid pattern 1720 may include color strips, such as the color strips illustrated in FIGS. 16-19 to assist the user in arranging the design devices. Alternatively, letters, symbols, notches, indicia and/or other unique identifiers may be used to assist in arrangement of the stencil 1740 with the grid pattern 1720.
[00142] In addition to creating discrete images and the like as disclosed above, the present disclosure may be used as a resource for large area interior design in a commercial and/or non-commercial setting. In this capacity, the present disclosure may be used, for example, to create a border on a surface that would be monochromatic (solid, discrete design, random design) or polychromatic (solid, discrete design, random design) or to create a whole room change such as discrete shapes, images, design, random shapes by applying a monochromatic solid or non-solid or a polychromatic solid or non-solid decor product (full coverage) from wall to wall or that would account for complex room peripheries, such as fireplace stoops, door/entryways, jogs in walls, carpet to non-carpet thresholds, sunken or raised portions in rooms, floor vents, outlets, other built in items disruptive of surfaces in general.
[00143] Still further, the present disclosure may be used for creating a discrete image in a selected area of interest as determined by the user such as, for example, a wall, a ceiling, a doorway, an entryway, a walkway, a hallway, a stair, or a flight of stairs, or at the top of a flight of stairs, or in front of or over a hearth or fireplace.
[00144] The present disclosure also provides kits that contain one or more components herein described, including, for example, a design device and/or a decor product that may be substantially removed from a surface prior to being affixed thereon. A set of instructions may also be included in the kit instructing the user how to apply the design to a soft surface such as a carpet. The kit may further comprise one or more application devices for transferring the decor product to the carpet and/or one or more fixative devices for affixing the decor product to the surface. In addition, the kit may include a protective covering for protecting the decor product after it has been applied to the carpet, especially while it is drying. The kit may further include an iron screen that is used to provide a user with an indication of what areas of the decor product have already been ironed or affixed.
[00145] As an example, the kit may be provided having one or more stencils, for example, five stencils, a decor product, an application device such as a sprayer, an affixing device such as a heating device (for example, an iron or a radio frequency emitting device), and/or a set of instructions. The kit may also include a system to identify, choose, make, modify, and/or prepare the surface on which the decor product is to be applied.
[00146] Numerous options for customization of the present disclosure may be utilized with the assistance of one or more consumer aids. Consumer aids contemplated in the present disclosure, which may be provided in a kit, individually and/or in any suitable fashion, include any and all design mechanisms and/or aids and devices that enable the consumer to use the present disclosure including instructions, color predicting aids, design templates showing the look prior to and/or after decorating possibly using a software algorithm to present a retrospective view of a surface treated with the decor product, instructional videos, CD-ROMs, internet web pages to select and predict designs, colors, and overall looks, interactive computers terminals, in store displays, customer service, advertising, training courses, recorded messages, text messages, mailings, books, literature, lectures, training courses, correspondence courses, and any combination thereof, as well as, other communicating means. Through the aforementioned communicating means, a user may be taught, for example, how to use a kit including the present disclosure. Further, the user may be instructed how to employ the disclosure for commercial applications such as, for example, interior design applications.
[00147] Additional consumer aids include devices to be employed by persons such as a user, an agent of the user, a trainer, a displayer, a salesman, a teacher, or a technician to enable the user to use the present disclosure such as color carpet chips, for example, pieces of carpet with differing decor product formulations of differing coverage affixed thereon to demonstrate how different decor product formulations appear on different types and/or colors of carpet. Further consumer aids include color templates, for example, sheets of opaque or clear material of different colors with different colors of decor product affixed thereon with instructional ratios of the base colorants used to make each decor product color to allow the user to make each decor product color from the separate base colorants and other additives. [00148] Illustratively, in FIG. 25 an exemplary consumer aid 2000 is shown that enables a user to preview how a pattern will appear in a certain color (or shade or tint or texture any other variation) on a surface when the consumer aid is placed on the surface. The consumer aid 2000 may enable the user to make or mix the decor product and/or assist the user in selecting the color of the decor product that would be an appropriate and/or aesthetically pleasing color and/or contrast when compared to the base color of the surface. The consumer aid 2000, in this case, is included in a kit having two decor products of differing colors, such as dark gray and white. Further, the consumer aid 2000 includes instructions on how to achieve each variation in pattern displayed on the consumer aid, in this case varying shades of gray. The consumer aid 2000 of the current embodiment includes a transparent sheet 2002 upon which is disposed a pattern 2004 that is repeated a number of times, such as six times. Each repeat has a different shade of gray becoming more white progressing from upper left to lower right, as is seen by comparing, for example, pattern 2004 and pattern 2006. Beneath each pattern repeat is a ratio printed on the transparent sheet 2002 that indicates a mixture percentage, such as is seen at 2008 where a mixture of 100 percent dark gray and 0 percent white is indicated or as is seen at 2010 where a mixture of 20 percent dark gray and 80 percent white is indicated. In this way, a user may achieve each of the shades of gray associated with each pattern repeat by mixing the dark gray and white decor products included in the kit at the percentages indicated. Further, any color may be created in this manner by mixing appropriate amounts of differing colored decor products. Further, any sort of instructions is contemplated to instruct a user to achieve a given color and/or pattern appearance. Further, the kit may also include a combined mixing and application device that contains the decor product(s) and corresponds with the consumer aid, such that the percentages given the example above for mixing dark gray and white decor products may indicate how to adjust the settings on the mixing and application device to achieve the indicated color or shade or texture shown on the consumer aid 2000.
[00149] Additional consumer aids include carpet templates, stencil templates, for example, templates illustrative of different images and image characteristics that are possible or desirable to a user, as well as how different stencils can be used together, positional templates, for example, templates that indicate to a user how a decor product image can be incorporated on a surface in a given space, tester samples (similar to the tester samples supplied by Benjamin Moore & Co.), trial periods, color matching sheets, for example, similar to color matching sheets used in make-up matching to skin tones, used to match colors, or to predict color look and contrast, color blending sheets, for example, similar to color matching sheets that further allow a user to preview combined colors on a surface, color charts, color graphs, color analysis devices, colorimeters, color scanners, software algorithms for color assessment and formulating colors, and other means for determining proportions and types of decor product to be used for a specified or unspecified surface in a room, hallway, house, building, or other area.
[00150] In addition, by mixing differently colored decor products, any number of additional colors may be formed. As an example, a user may purchase one or more pre- formulated dέcor products including colored toners and/or other decor particles or may mix various colored toners to achieve any desired color. Design mechanisms such as color charts, color analysis devices, or other ways for determining the proportion and type of colored toner to achieve a particular color can also be provided to a user. Additionally, a user may directly apply the toners to the surface or the toners may be incorporated into the decor product such as by mixing the toner with water or another solvent, or a predetermined formulation of more than one part to make a liquid suspension or emulsion, for example, and then applied to the surface.
[00151] Additional consumer aids include devices to be employed by the user to help the user identify, (for example, tools and/or kits used to identify the type or composition of carpet fibers to help direct the user toward a particular decor product formulation), choose, make, modify (for example, kits or compounds that can be included in kits to alter the physical appearance of a surface, such as an embossing compound), combine, and prepare surfaces on which a decor product may be applied and/or affixed. These consumer aids enable the user to choose the correct decor product formulation for a given surface to have a given intended effect, for example, a textured look on a soft surface or a smooth look on a hard surface, or any combination thereof.
[00152] Further, the consumer aids will help users in choosing, making, modifying, combining and/or preparing design devices, such as a stencil, to render images, patterns, shapes, and/or designs to be imparted to the surface when applying the stencil and/or a decor product to the intended surface. Still further, the consumer aids contemplated help or assist the user in choosing, using, making, modifying, and/or preparing decor product formulations that may be ready-to-use or require preparation prior to application to a surface.
[00153] In addition to selecting one or more design devices, a user may select one or more colors to incorporate into the design. One or more design mechanisms may be used to assist the user in making these selections. The design mechanisms may include, for example, a user making a simple decorating decision, such as determining an arrangement of design devices and colors to sophisticated computer design aids, such as CD-ROM training programs that teach color application or provide creative suggestions. Additional design mechanisms include color analysis, matching, and blending, and may include the use of colorimeters, color scanners, and/or software algorithms.
[00154] Additional consumer aids may take the form of store displays and/or presentations of the disclosure, including, for example, the decor product packaged in liquid form or powder form to be suspended in liquid immediately before use, and/or one or multiple decor product colors and decor product additives to be mixed before use, and/or a kit comprising elements of the present disclosure such as multiple or single colors, one or more designs, instructions, an application device, a fixative device, a protective covering, and/or an iron screen or other indicator, such as, for example, a color changing additive, to differentiate between fixed and unfixed areas of the applied decor product.
[00155] Illustrative chemistries useful in a decor product composition includes a low temperature cure epoxy decor particle, a low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle, and/or a low temperature cure polyester-triglycidyl isocyanurate (TGIC) decor particle. Typical ranges of constituents of the aforementioned decor particles contemplated in the present disclosure include an amount of binder, which includes at least a polymer or resin and one or more curatives, based on weight percentages of about 50% or greater of the total weight of the decor particle. Further, other components of the decor particle, including, for example, additives, fillers, pigments, degassing agents, flow additives, and the like, may be included in amounts ranging from about 50% or less of the total weight of the decor particle. Such ranges may be adjusted to attain the desired characteristics of the decor particle as appropriate as is known to those skilled in the art. Further, to assure full stoichiometry of reactions between polymers and/or resins and curatives, amounts of polymers and/or resins and curatives used may range from about 50% to about 150% based on relative equivalent weights of the compounds and/or as recommended by the manufacturer.
[00156] A low temperature cure epoxy decor particle may include a binder system that has an epoxy resin and a curative. An example of an epoxy resin is a bisphenol A resin having the following general chemical structure of Formula I:
Formula I: ' ; ":;":
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein n is an integer from 2 to 20.
[00157] Bisphenol A epoxy resins useful in a decor particle include those resins having an epoxy equivalent weight of about 650 to about 900, or about 700 to about 750; a Tg of about 45°C to about 750C, or about 55°C; and/or an ICI cone and plate viscosity of about 5 poise to about 100 poise, or about 35 poise at 15O0C.
[00158] Another example of an epoxy resin useful in a decor product formulation is a novolac epoxy resin. Examples of novolac epoxy resins include the following general chemical structures of Formulas II and III: Formula II:
Figure imgf000048_0001
Formula III:
Figure imgf000048_0002
wherein n is an integer from 1 to 4.
[00159] The glass transition temperatures and viscosities of the novolac epoxy resins are similar to those provided above for the bisphenol A epoxy resins. A curative agent useful in a binder system that has an epoxy resin includes, for example, a phenolic curative. An example of a phenolic curative agent is Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 supplied by Huntsman Advanced Materials (Switzerland) GmbH, which is compatible with bisphenol-A-based epoxy resins and novolac-epoxy-based resins. The Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 contains phenol, 4,4'-(l-methylethylidene)bis-, polymer with 2,2'-[(l-methylethylidene)bis(4,l- phenyleneoxymethylene)]bis[oxirane] (commonly described as a polymer of epoxy resin and bisphenol A), a Huntsman Advanced Materials confidential accelerator, and Phenol, 4,4'-(l- methylethylidene)bis- (commonly known as Bisphenol A). The Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 has the following properties: amine value of 0.83-0.93 eq/kg, recommended combining weight of about 135, and a softening point of 84°C to 940C. [00160] Stoichiometric ratios of the epoxy resin and the curative are calculated based on the combining weights, or equivalent values, of resins and curatives. Values of the combining weights may be determined by chemical structure (for example, average molecular weight divided by the number of reactive groups, amine values, acid or hydroxyl numbers, etc.) or empirically based on laboratory experiments. For example, using a lower molecular type 3 bisphenol A epoxy resin with an epoxy equivalent weight (EEW) of 700 and Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 with a manufacturer recommended equivalent weight of 135, the calculation for a full (100%) stoichiometry is shown below in Table No. 2.
[00161] Table No. 2. Full Stoichiometry of an Epoxy Resin and Curative Agent Decor Particle.
Figure imgf000049_0001
In other embodiments, the epoxy resin and curative agent ratio may range from, for example, about 84% to about 85% epoxy resin to about 16% to about 15% curative agent. To lower the cure temperature of an epoxy decor particle, accelerants and/or catalysts such as, for example, a phenolic curative may be incorporated into the composition. An illustrative phenolic curative has a combining weight of about 100 to about 500. Other accelerants and/or catalysts compatible with epoxy resins known to those skilled in the art may also be used. An illustrative cure condition for an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle includes a bake time of about 15 minutes at about 15O0C, or less.
[00162] The low temperature cure epoxy decor particle composition may include any desired colorant and/or additive. Illustratively, a low temperature cure epoxy decor particle composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 3. [00163] Table No.3. Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Compositions.
Approx.
Constituent Weight %
Bisphenol A Epoxy 48 - 58 Bisphenol A Curative 9 - 11 Flow Additive 0.2 - 3 Degassing Agent 0.2 - 5 Colorant 0.3 - 40 Filler 10 - 30
[00164] Another illustrative chemistry useful in a decor product is a low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle that has a binder system having a low temperature cure epoxy and a polyester resin. Illustrative epoxy resins include the bisphenol A epoxy resins or Novolac epoxy resins described above. An illustrative polyester resin includes an acid terminated saturated polyester resin. The polyester resin may have an acid number of between about 75 and about 85. Example includes acid terminated saturated polyesters used as a co-reactant in epoxy-polyester hybrid coating powder formulations. The polyester may be synthesized from neopentyl glycol, terephthalic acid, trimellitic anhydride, and other types of glycols and dibasic organic acids. The branched polyesters may have resin functionalities of about 2 to about 4, or of about 2.5 to about 3.5 (indicating, that about 2.5 to about 3.5 carboxyl groups per polyester molecule). Resin acid numbers may range from about 35 to about 90 with hydroxyl numbers of about 5 to about 10 (residual hydroxyl). Acid terminated, saturated polyester resins suitable for combination with epoxy resins may have an acid number of about 70 to about 90, or about 80; a calculated combining weight (combining weight equals 56,100/acid number) of about 625 to about 800, or about 700; a glass transition temperature about 450C to about 600C5 or about 55°C; and/or an ICI cone and plate viscosity of about 15 poise to about 50 poise, or about 25 poise, at about 2000C.
[00165] To lower the cure temperature of an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle, an accelerant and/or catalyst such as, for example, a stannous-organic and/or imidazole-type compound may be incorporated into the composition. Other accelerants and/or catalysts known to those skilled in the art may also be used. An illustrative cure condition for an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle includes a bake time of about 15 minutes at about 1500C, or less. [00166] Stoichiometric ratios for an epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle may be calculated based on the combining weights of resins and curatives. However, as known in the art, molecular structure and chemical functionalities may differ and fluctuate for organic polymer products, making the depiction and calculation of chemical reactions more difficult and ambiguous than for inorganic chemical reactions. Illustratively, stoichiometric ratios may be calculated based on combining weights (also referred to as equivalent values) of epoxy and acid-terminated polyester resins. The values of the combining weights may be determined by chemical structure (for example, average molecular weight divided by the number of reactive groups, amine values, acid numbers, etc.). For example, a lower molecular weight type 3 bisphenol A epoxy resin with an epoxy equivalent weight of 700 and an acid terminated saturated polyester resin with an average number of 80 (combining weight of polyester equals 56,100 divided by 80, which equals approximately 700), provides a full (100%) stoichiometric calculation as shown below in Table No. 4.
[00167] Table No. 4. Full Stoichiometry of an Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Dέcor Particle.
Figure imgf000051_0001
[00168] The low temperature epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle composition may include any desired colorant and/or additive. Illustratively, a low temperature cure epoxy- polyester hybrid decor particle composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 5. [00169] Table No.5. Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Compositions.
Approx. Constituent Weight %
Bisphenol A Epoxy 29 - 34
SP3320 Hybrid Polyester 29 - 34
Flow Additive 0.2 - 3
2-PI (Catalyst) 0.2 - 0.8
Degassing Agent 0.2 - 5
Colorant 0.3 - 40
Filler 10 - 30
[00170] Another illustrative chemistry useful in a decor product is a low temperature cure polyester-triglycidyl isocyanurate (TGIC) decor particle. Illustratively, a polyester includes an acid terminated saturated polyesters synthesized using, for example, a monomer such as trimethylolpropane, terephthalic acid, neopentyl glycol, adipic acid, hexanediol, 1,4- cyclohexyldimethanol, and isophthalic acid, and pentanediol. The polyesters in one embodiment have resin functionalities of about 2.05 to about 2.2 (that is, about 2.05 to about 2.2 carboxyl groups per polyester molecule). The resin acid numbers may range from about 20 to about 60, or range on average from about 28 to about 38. The hydroxyl numbers may range from about 5 to about 10 (residual hydroxyl). TGIC is a trifunctional epoxide resin that is used as a hardener in polyester-based powder formulations. The combining weight of TGIC is 106. Illustratively, an acid terminated, saturated polyester resins suitable for combination with TGIC in a low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle possess, for example, an acid number about 30 to about 40, or about 35; a calculated combining weight (combining weight equals 56,100 divided by acid number) of about 1,400 to about 1,870, or about 1,600; a glass transition temperature about 450C to about 70°C, or about 55°C; and/or an ICI cone and plate viscosity of about 15 poise to about 50 poise, or about 25 poise, at 200°C.
[00171] To lower the cure temperature of a polyester-TGIC decor particle, an accelerant and/or catalyst such as, for example, triphenylethyl phosphonium bromide and/or imidazole- type compounds may be incorporated into the composition. Other accelerants and/or catalysts known to those skilled in the art may also be used. For example, a glycidyl curative chemistries such as aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, aromatic, and methacrylate based glycidyl compounds with equivalent weights of about 50 to about 1,000 and melt temperatures below about 125°C may by utilized in the low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle. An illustrative cure condition for a polyester-TGIC decor particle includes a bake time of about 15 minutes at about 135°C.
[00172] As mentioned above, molecular structures and chemical functionalities may differ and fluctuate for organic polymer products. Illustratively, stoichiometric ratios are calculated based on the combining weights of epoxy and acid terminated polyester resins. Values of the combining weights may be determined from the chemical structure of the respective compounds. For example, an acid terminated saturated polyester with an average acid number of 35 (combining weight of polyester equals 56,100 divided by 35, which equals approximately 1,600) combined with TGIC, provides a full (100%) stoichiometric calculation as shown below in Table No. 6.
[00173] Table No. 6. FuU Stoichiometry of a Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
Figure imgf000053_0001
[00174] Due to the large molecular size of the polyester resin and the small molecular size and spherical shape of TGIC, a about 10% to about 15% stoichiometric surplus of TGIC may be utilized to achieve, for example, a polyester resin/TGIC ratio of '93/7.
[00175] The low temperature polyester-TGIC decor particle composition may include any desired colorant and/or additive. Illustratively, a low temperature polyester-TGIC decor particle composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 7. [00176] Table No. 7. Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Compositions.
Approx.
Constituents Weight %
RUCOTE® 921 Polyester 54 - 63
TGIC 4 - 5
Flow Additive 0.2 - 3
Degassing Agent 0.2 - 5
Colorant 0.3 - 40
Filler 10 - 30
[00177] An alternative carboxyl polyester resin curative to TGIC includes, for example, PRIMID® (EMS-Primid, a unit of EMS-Chemie AG). PRIMID® is a beta-hydroxyl alkyl amide curative. However, PRIMID® may require longer cure times than a TGIC-based chemistry, as well as a PRIMID® based coating may appear slightly more orange than a TGIC-based coating. Pinholes and blistering may also be an issue with the use of a PRIMID® based decor particle where a coating thickness exceeds 4.0 mils.
[00178] As mentioned above, a decor product, which includes a decor particle, may include any desired colorant and/or additive. Illustratively, the decor particle composition may include, for example, a flow additive, a degassing agent, a surfactant or wetting agent, an antioxidant, a heat stabilizer, a ultraviolet light absorber, a wax, a silicone additive, a catalyst, a texturing agent, an electrical charge control agent, an electrical conductivity agent, a processing aid, a filler, and combinations thereof.
[00179] Flow additives may be utilized in formulating a decor particle composition to, for example, reduce or prevent cratering of a finished cured product and/or to improve flow and leveling. Illustratively, the flow additives may be low molecular acrylic polymers, either in liquid form (for example, a liquid containing about 100% active substance), or in solid form (for example, a solid with about 65% active substance). Examples of flow additives include Acronal 4F (about 100% active, BASF), Byk 363 P (about 65% active, BYK-Chemie), RESIFLOW® P-67 (manufactured by Estron Chemical), RESIFLOW® PF-67 (about 65% active, Estron Chemical), MODAFLOW™ 3 (about 65% active, Monsanto), and POWDERMATE™ 486 CFL (about 65% active, Troy Corp.). Illustratively, a flow additive may be added to a decor particle composition in a range of between about 0.3% to about 1% of 100% active flow additive per total formula weight of the decor particle.
[00180] A degassing agent may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, aid in the evaporation of volatile products within the composition during the heating and/or curing cycle to reduce and/or prevent pinholing (volatile bubbles being trapped at the surface boundary between the finish and the air). Some degassing agents, such as Benzoin (Velsicol Chemical Corp.), may solvate the resin/curative mix during the liquid phase of the cure process. Other degassing agents are surfactant-like and other are wax-like and affect the surface tension of the film surface to promote degassing. Illustratively, a decor particle composition may contain from about 0.2% to about 2% of active degassing agent per total formula weight of the decor particle. For example, a decor particle that is curable between about 135°C and about 149°C (for example a polyester-PRIMID® chemistry), may contain a combination of about 1% to about 1.8% OXYMELT® A-2 or A-4 (Estron Chemical) and about 0.2% Benzoin per total formula weight of the decor particle. [00181] A surfactant or wetting agent that may be used in a decor product or decor particle composition may, for example, promote colorant and/or filler wetting, and/or improve the flow and/or leveling of a finished cured product. In addition, a surfactant or wetting agent may promote substrate wet-out during the cure reaction, which may improve adhesion and/or corrosion resistance. The addition of surfactants may also increase gloss and distinctness of image of the cured film as well. Illustratively, surfactant levels can range from 0.1% to about 0.5% of active substance per total formula weight of the decor particle. Examples of surfactants or wetting agents include cationic, anionic functional organic compounds, silane, and polysiloxane, including, for example, NUOSPERSE™ 657 (manufactured by Elementis Specialties) and SURFYNOL™ 104 S (Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.). [00182] An antioxidant or heat stabilizer may be used in a decor particle composition to, for example, inhibit or prevent heat induced yellowing during the curing and/or heating cycle. Illustratively, an antioxidant or heat stabilizer may be used in a white or relatively light colored decor particle composition in an amount from about 0.2% to about 0.5% of active substance per total formula weight of the decor particle. More or less antioxidant or heat stabilizer may be used with other colored decor particles. Examples of antioxidants include Irganox 1076 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.) and Irganox B-225 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.). An example of a heat stabilizer is Sandostab P-EPQ (Clariant).
[00183] An ultraviolet light absorber can be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, improve ultraviolet resistance (for example, weatherability) of a cured finished product. Used in combination with antioxidants and/or heat stabilizers, the performance of ultraviolet absorbers can be further enhanced.
[00184] A wax may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, control the gloss and/or flow of a cured decor product. A wax may also be used to add texturing to a cured decor product. Additionally, some wax additives may improve mar and scratch resistance of a cured decor product. Illustratively, a wax from a natural product, such as Carnauba wax, beeswax, hydrocarbon compounds, halogenated hydrocarbons, and PTFE comprise a large percentage of waxes and may be used in the decor product and/or decor particle composition. Examples of wax additives include DT3329-1 (Ciba Geigy), Castor Wax, Powder Tex 61 (Shamrock Technologies, Inc.), Lanco® TF-1778 (available from Noveon Inc.), and Lanco® PP- 1362D (available from Noveon, Inc.).
[00185] A silicone additive may also be added to a decor particle composition to improve, for example, mar and scratch resistance of a cured decor product. Although not wishing to be held by theory, it is believed that the silicone additives reduce the coefficient of friction that may affect, for example, intercoat adhesion in a two-coat system. Examples of silicone additives include polysiloxane and silicone oil.
[00186] Catalysts such as 2-Propyl imidazole may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, accelerate cure speed, lower cure temperature, and/or improve physical and/or chemical properties of the cured product.
[00187] Texturing agents may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, alter and/or manipulate the viscosity of the composition.
[00188] Electrical charge control additives may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, control transfer efficiency. Examples include TINUVIN® 144 (Ciba Specialty Chemicals), barium titanate, and quaternary ammonium salts.
[00189] Electrical conductivity additives may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, dissipate electrical charge in the composition and/or finished product. The electrical conductivity additives may be, for example, filler-like, pigment-like, or wax-like in nature.
[00190] Processing aids may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, facilitate processing of the composition. Processing aids are well known to those skilled in the art.
[00191] Colorants may be added to a decor particle composition to, for example, obtain a desired color. Illustrative pigments include organic and inorganic pigments, including, for example, titanium dioxide, iron oxide red, iron oxide yellow, iron oxide black, heat stabilized iron oxide, calcinated mixed metal oxide, diarylide, condensated disazo, and phthalo blue. Illustrative colorants and amounts that may be used individually or in combination in the decor product and/or decor particle composition are provided below in Table No. 8.
[00192] Table No. 8. Pigments.
Figure imgf000057_0001
Numerous other organic and inorganic colorants known to those skilled in the art may be utilized in the compositions herein described.
[00193] A filler may also be added to a decor particle composition. Two illustrative fillers include calcium carbonate and barium sulfate (CaCO3 and BaSO4, respectively, both manufactured by Fisher Chemicals). The calcium carbonate fillers added to the decor product and/or decor particle compositions may, for example, reduce gloss, as well as the flow of an applied finish at higher concentrations. Wollastonite-type fillers may also be utilized as fillers in the decor product and/or decor particle compositions. Talcum, clay, dolomite, and magnesium-aluminum-silicate in powder form, usually ground to 1-10 microns average particle size, or micron sized glass beads, may also be used as fillers to obtain specific properties, such as, for example, corrosion resistance, gloss control, and/or film texture.
[00194] Illustratively, a decor product is applied to a surface to achieve a film thickness of about 0.004 mils to about 2.2 mils (about 0.01 microns to about 56 microns) upon curing of the decor product.
[00195] A decor particle formulation such as those embracing low temperature cure epoxy chemistry, low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid chemistry, low temperature cure polyester-TGIC chemistry may be prepared in accordance with the following general processing procedure.
[00196] Formulation constituents are dry mixed either through low-intensity tumble- mixing or through high-intensity dry-blending performed in a mixer containing a vertical or horizontal mixing shaft with blades rotating at 50-1,000 rpm. Formulations are low-intensity tumble-mixed for about 5 to about 20 minutes, for example, or high-intensity dry-mixed for about 1 to about 5 minutes, for example, depending on batch size. Mixing serves to homogenize the active chemical ingredients and to disperse inert ingredients for enhanced color consistency and to avoid protrusions in applied films. Batch sizes may range from quarts to kiloliters in size. After dry-blending, the temperature of the mixture is maintained at or below about 4O0C to prevent lumping or meltdown.
[00197] The mixtures are extruded within minutes to hours after dry-mixing. Single screw extruders with reciprocating screw shaft movements, also called co-kneaders, and twin screw extruders with co-rotating screw shafts are suitable extruders, as well as planetary extruders, counter-rotating twin screw extruders, or single screw extruders. Illustrative extruder size ranges from table-top laboratory models with 10-30 mm screw diameters and 1-5 kg per hour theoretical outputs to production models with 30 to over 300 mm screw diameters and 100 kg to over 2,000 kg per hour theoretical outputs.
[00198] The extruders for processing may be heated via water, oil, or electrical heat jacket located on the outside of the extruder barrels. Extruder barrel processing temperatures may range from about 70°C to about 125°C, though temperatures outside this range may be used to achieve desired properties in some applications. Some extruder barrel heaters utilized in the powder processing may be segmented, in which case, the premix intake zone of the extruder may be run cold or at a minimal heat of about 4O0C to about 5O0C. Depending on extruder and screw design, a barrel heat of about 100°C ± 150C is adequate for processing highly-reactive, low temperature cure powder coating formulas. The screws may have a helical section in the premix intake area and "paddle" sections for dispersing and melt-mixing the extrudate. Residence time of the extrudate within the extruder typically does not exceed about 60 seconds. The production extruders used for processing the powder coatings are run between about 50 and about 750 rpm screw speed. Screw speeds and extruder barrel temperatures are selected to obtain between about 50% to about 90% torque. Extrudate temperatures range from about 1000C to about 1250C as a result of extruder barrel heat and frictional heat from the rotating screws. The extrudate is immediately cooled after exiting the extruder to solidify the material for further processing and to arrest chemical reactions. The extrudate is gravity-fed into counter-rotating chill rolls set about 1.5 to about 3 mm apart. The resulting extrudate sheet is transported on a cooling belt to a flaker or crusher unit where the sheet is broken into flakes under about 1 inch square in size. Cooling belt temperatures from about 50C to about 35°C are maintained during processing. The resulting flakes are milled and characterized using air classifying mills (ACM), cyclones, and sieves, to determine particle size distributions and mean particle sizes. Illustratively, a particle size distribution for a decor particle ranges from about 90% by volume or more of the particles having a size less than about 100 microns, or less than about 25 microns, or less than about 10 microns, or from about 0.1 to about 50 microns, or from about 1 to about 20 microns, or from about 3 to about 10 microns, or from greater than about 750 nm to about 100 microns, or larger or smaller particle sizes depending on the desired application. All equipment is purged after processing different formulas or colors to avoid chemical or color cross- contamination.
[00199] An emulsified decor product may be prepared in accordance with the following general processing procedure. In a one-gallon glass container, initially an emulsifϊer is added to a powder, such as a NATURA™ toner and/or a decor particle and mixed to thoroughly coat the powder with the emulsifier. Water is then added to the powder and emulsifϊer mixture and is blended using an IKA-Werke Eurostar power basic mixer at a speed of about 750 rpm for about 4 hours. Additional additives may be added if so desired at any point during preparation of the decor product. After the 4 hour blending period, the mixture is further mixed by continuously mixing at room temperature on an magnetic stir/heat plate (Isotemp #409N0063 available from Fisher-Scientific) with a 2-inch magnetic stir bar at 100 rpm for an additional 24 hours. Illustratively, an emulsified decor product composition may include the following constituents as shown below in Table No. 9.
[00200] Table No. 9. Emulsified Decor Product Composition.
Approx.
Constituents Weight %
Water 70 - 97
Surfactant 0.1 - 5
Powder 1.1 - 40
Adhesive 0 - 10
Additive 0.1 - 5
[00201] The present disclosure is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as limiting in any way. Unless otherwise stated, all percentages recited in these examples are weight percents based on total specified composition weight.
EXAMPLES
[00202] The decor particle compositions of examples 1 -24 were prepared using the general processing procedure described above by blending (mixing) and processing the constituents on a 19 mm APV laboratory twin screw extruder (Model No. MP19TC-25, manufactured by
Baker Perkins) with co-rotating screws at 100°C barrel temperature, 400 rpm screw speed, and 50% to 90% torque. The extrudate was cooled on chill rolls that resulted in 3/32 inch
(about 3 mm) thick solid extrudate sheets. The sheets were broken into flakes no larger than 1 square inch (6.45 cm2) in size. The flakes were ground on air-cooled jet mills and classified to a particle size range of about 0 microns to about 20 microns. The decor products of examples 25-28 was prepared using the general processing procedure described above by mixing the decor particle or toner and emulsifier for a period of time until the decor particles or toner were coated with the emulsifying agent or agents. Water was then added and thoroughly mixed as described above. [00203] In the composition of Table Nos. 10-25, the trademark KUKDO® KD-242G (manufactured by Kukdo Chemical Co., LTD) is a type 3 bisphenol-A epoxy resin with an epoxy equivalent weight of about 700 g/eq. In the composition of Table Nos. 10-17, Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 (manufactured by Huntsman Advanced Materials) is a proprietary phenolic curative containing phenol, 4,4'-(l-methylethylidene)bis-, polymer with 2,2'-[(l -methylethylidene)bis(4, 1 -phenyleneoxymethylene)]bis[oxirane] (commonly described as a polymer of epoxy resin and bisphenol A), a confidential accelerator, and phenol, 4,4'-(l-methylethylidene)bis- (commonly known as bisphenol A). In the composition of Table Nos. 18-25, Actiron NXJ-60 (manufactured by Advanced Technology & Industrial Co.) is a 2-propylimidazole catalyst. In the composition of Table Nos. 10-13, 18-21, and 26-29, the trademark TI-PURE® TiO2 R-960 (manufactured by E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company) is a titanium oxide white pigment. In the composition of Table Nos. 11-12, 14-15, 19-20, 22-23, 27, and 30-31, Y 1OM (CAS. No. 51274-00-1, manufactured by ABCR) is an iron oxide yellow pigment. In the composition of Table Nos. 11, 19, and 27-29, 274-0033 (CAS No. 5468-75-7, manufactured by ABCR) is a yellow pigment having the chemical formula of 2,2'-((3,3'-dichloro(l,l'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diyl) bis(azo)) bis(N-(2-M- ehylphenyl)-3-oxobutyrarnide). In the composition of Table Nos. 11, 19, and 27, HR-70 Yellow (manufactured by Clariant) is a yellow organic pigment. In the compositions of Table Nos. 26-33 the trademark RUCOTE® 921 polyester (manufactured by Bayer Material Science, LLC) is a low viscosity carboxyl functional polyester having an acid value of 38 mg KOH/g, a hydroxyl number 6 mg KOH/g, a viscosity of 1800 ICI cone and plate at 200°C/cPs, and a Tg of 60°C.
[00204] Example 1: Preparation of a White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle. [00205] A white low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 10 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00206] Table No. 10. White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 48
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 10
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2R-960 40
[00207] Example 2: Preparation of a Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle. [00208] A yellow low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 11 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00209] Table No. 11. Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 49
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 11
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2R-960 20
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 4
274-0033 2.2
HR-70 Yellow Pigment 1.8
BaSO4 10
[00210] Example 3: Preparation of a Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
[00211] A red low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 12 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00212] Table No. 12. Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 48.5
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 10.3 P-67 1
Oxyrnelt A-2 1.04
TiO2R-960 5.13
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 0.03
RT-172-D Pigment 2.5
F5RK-A Pigment 1.5 BaSO4 30
[00213] Example 4: Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
[00214] A blue low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 13 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00215] Table No. 13. Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 49.25
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 10.75
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1.05
TiO2R-960 15.
15-1101 A4R Pigment 2.5
BK 5099 0.45
BaSO4 20
[00216] Example 5: Preparation of a Brown Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle. [00217] A brown low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 14 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00218] Table No. 14. Brown Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy ' 51.67
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 9.13 P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2RCL-6 1.18
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 2.54 BK 5099 2 RO 8097 1.48 BaSO4 30
[00219] Example 6: Preparation of an Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
[00220] An iron oxide yellow low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 15 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00221 ] Table No. 15. Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 57.8
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 10.2
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 20 BaSO4 10 [00222] Example 7: Preparation of a Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle.
[00223] An iron oxide red low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 16 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00224] TaWe No. 16. Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 57.8
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 10.2 P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
RO 8097 20 BaSO4 10
[00225] Example 8: Preparation of an Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle. [00226] An ultra marine blue low temperature cure epoxy-based decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 17 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00227] Table No. 17. Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 57.8
Huntsman Hardener XB 3086 10.2
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
UMB-304 20
BaSO4 10
[00228] Example 9: Preparation of a White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle. [00229] A white low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 18 below was prepared in the manner described above,
[00230] Table No. 18. White Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 28.5
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 29 P-67 1
ActironNXJ-60 0.5 Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2R-960 40
[00231] Example 10: Preparation of a Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polvester Hybrid Decor Particle.
[00232] A yellow low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 19 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00233] Table No. 19. Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 29.75
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 29.75 P-67 1
Actiron NXJ-60 0.5
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2R-960 20
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 4
274-0033 Pigment 2.2
HR-70 Yellow Pigment 1.8
BaSO4 10 [00234] Example 11: Preparation of a Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
[00235] A red low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 20 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00236] Table No.20. Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Poly ester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 29.15
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 29.15
P-67 1
Actiron NXJ-60 0.5
Oxymelt A-2 1.04
TiO2R-960 5.13
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 0.03
RT-172-D Pigment 2.5
F5RK-A Pigment 1.5
BaSO4 30
[00237] Example 12: Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle. [00238] A blue low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 21 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00239] Table No.21. Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid
Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 29.75
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 29.75 P-67 1
ActironNXJ-60 0.5
Oxymelt A-2 1.05
TiO2R-960 15
15-1101 A4R Pigment 2.5
BK 5099 0.45
BaSO4 20
[00240] Example 13: Preparation of a Brown Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
[00241] A brown low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 22 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00242] Table No.22. Brown Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 30.1
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 30.2
P-67 1
Actiron NXJ-60 0.5
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2RCL-O 1.18
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 2.54 BK 5099 2 RO 8097 1.48 BaSO4 30
[00243] Example 14: Preparation of an Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy- Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
[00244] An iron oxide yellow low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 23 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00245] Table No. 23. Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 33.75
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 33.75
P-67 1
Actiron NXJ-60 0.5
Oxymelt A-2 1
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 20 BaSO4 10 [00246] Example 15: Preparation of an Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy- Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
[00247] An iron oxide red low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 24 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00248] Table No.24. Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 33.75
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 33.75 P-67 1
Actiron NXJ-60 0.5 Oxymelt A-2 1
RO 8097 20 BaSO4 10
[00249] Example 16: Preparation of an Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy- Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle.
[00250] An ultra marine blue temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 25 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00251 ] Table No.25. Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
KD-242G Epoxy 33.75
SP 3320 Hybrid Polyester 33.75
P-67 1
ActironNXJ-60 0.5
Oxymelt A-2 1
UMB-304 20 I
BaSO4 10
[00252] Example 17. Preparation of a White Low Temperature Cure Polvester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00253] A white low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 26 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00254] Table No. 26. White Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 54
TGIC 4
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2R-960 40 [00255] Example 18. Preparation of a Yellow Low Temperature Cure Polvester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00256] A yellow low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 27 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00257] Table No.27. Yellow Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 55.75
TGIC 4.25 P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
TiO2R-960 20
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 4
274-0033 Pigment 2.2 HR-70 Yellow Pigment 1.8
BaSO4 10
[00258] Example 19. Preparation of a Red Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00259] A red low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 28 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00260] Table No.28. Red Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 54.6
TGIC 4.2 P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1.04
TiO2R-960 5.13
274-0033 Pigment 0.03
RT-172-D 2.5
F5RK-A 1.5
BaSO4 30 W
-71-
[00261] Example 20. Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00262] A blue low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 29 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00263] Table No.29. Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 55.75
TGIC 4.25
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1.05
TiO2R-960 15
274-0033 Pigment 0.03
15-1101 A4R Pigment 2.5
BK 5099 0.45
BaSO4 20 [00264] Example 21. Preparation of a Brown Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00265] A brown low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 30 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00266] Table No.30. Brown Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 56.5
TGIC 4.3 P-67 1
OxymeltA-2 1
TiO2RCL-6 1.18'
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 2.54 BK 5099 2
RO 8097 1.48
BaSO4 30
[00267] Example 22. Preparation of an Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00268] An iron oxide yellow low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 31 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00269] Table No.31. Iron Oxide Yellow Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 63.3
TGIC 4.7 P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
Y 1 OM Iron Oxide Yellow Pigment 20
BaSO4 10
[00270] Example 23. Preparation of an Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Polyester- TGIC Decor Particle.
[00271] An iron oxide red low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 32 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00272] Table No. 32. Iron Oxide Red Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 63.3
TGIC 4.7
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
RO 8097 20
BaSO4 10
[00273] Example 24. Preparation of a Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Polvester-TGIC Decor Particle.
[00274] An ultra marine blue temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor particle having the composition shown in Table No. 33 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00275] Table No.33. Ultra Marine Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Particle Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Rucote 921 Polyester 63.3
TGIC 4.7
P-67 1
Oxymelt A-2 1
UMB-304 20
BaSO4 10
[00276] Example 25. Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Product. [00277] A blue low temperature cure epoxy-based decor product having the composition shown in Table No. 34 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00278] Table No.34. Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Product Composition. Constituents (wt %)
Water 96.85
ALCOPRINT™ PTU 0.15
Composition of Table No .n 13 3
[00279] Example 26. Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Product.
[00280] A blue low temperature cure epoxy-polyester hybrid decor product having the composition shown in Table No. 35 below was prepared in the manner described above. [00281] Table No.35. Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Polyester Hybrid Decor Product Composition.
Constituents (wt %)
Water 96.85
ALCOPRINT™ PTU 0.15
Composition of Table No. 21 3
[00282] Example 27. Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Product.
[00283] A blue low temperature cure polyester-TGIC decor product having the composition shown in Table No. 36 below was prepared in the manner described above.
[00284] Table No.36. Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Product Composition. Constituents (wt %)
Water 96.85
ALCOPRINT™ PTU 0.15
Composition of Table No. 29 3
[00285] Example 28. Preparation of a Blue Low Temperature Cure NATURA® Based Decor Product.
[00286] A blue low temperature cure NATURA® based decor product having the composition of shown in Table No. 37 below, was prepared in the manner described above. Blue (cyan) NATURA® toner and clear NATURA® toner from Sawgrass Technologies, Inc. were purchased from ACP Technologies (LD. Nos. 127 and 131, respectively). [00287] Table No.37. Blue Low Temperature NATURA® Based Decor Product.
Constituents (wt %)
Water 96.85
ALCOPRINT™ PTU 0.15
Blue NATURA® Toner 1.5
Clear NATURA® Toner 1.5
[00288] Example 29. Application, Affixation, Reversibility, and Durability of the Decor Products of Examples 25-28 on a Soft Surface. [00289] Decor products of the present disclosure were tested for the ability to be applied to a nylon test carpet, removal (reversibility) from the nylon test carpet prior to an affixation step, affixation to the nylon test carpet using heat as the energy source, and durability after affixation to the nylon test carpet.
[00290] The four individual decor products of Examples 25-28 were thoroughly mixed and individually placed into 8 oz. PET bottles with finger pump fine mist sprayers having an output of 60 micron particle size (N2862524410WHT3, bottle neck - 24/410; available from ebottles.com, Inc.). Four two-foot by two-foot pieces of nylon test carpet were vacuumed using a Bissell CLEANVIEW® II vacuum cleaner manufactured by Bissell Homecare, Inc. to remove loose fibers and dirt. The specifications of the nylon test carpet utilized are indicated in Table 38.
[00291 ] Table 38. Nylon Test Carpet and Polyester Test Carpet Specifications.
Nylon Test Carpet Polyester Test Carpet
Style 7522 Favored One SP501
Manufacturer Mohawk Industries Mohawk Industries Pile Yarn Content Filament 100% Nylon Spun 100% Polyester Yarn Twists per inch 4.25 x 4.25 5.0 x 4.8 Fabric Type Cut Pile Cut Pile Fiber Treatment Ultrastrand with soil & stain Mohawk APP Polyester
W/SGC
Gauge 5/32 1/8 C Pile Height 0.485 0.440 Stitches per inch 7.83 8.50 Certified Pile Weight 25.20 oz. 39.50 oz. Total Weight 56.29 oz. 71.03 oz. Density 1871 3232 Dye Method Fluidye Beck Primary Backing Woven Polypropylene Woven Polypropylene Secondary Backing Woven Polypropylene Woven Polypropylene
Performance Appearance 3.50 3.25 Retention Rating
[00292] For each of the four pieces of nylon test carpet, the baseline color of each of three spots over which a respective decor product was applied was determined using a Minolta data processor model No. DP-301 combined with a Minolta model No. CR-310 chroma meter (both manufactured by Konica Minolta Sensing Americas, Inc.) that was set to the "L — a — b" setting to record Δ E (color change) and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions.
[00293] The following tests were performed separately for each of the four decor products of Examples 25-28. Prior to application of the decor product, a stencil made of a disposable absorbent material available from Kimberly-Clark Corp. with a nylon mesh backing was centered on the surface of the nylon test carpet sample. Subsequently, the decor product was applied as a gentle mist to the nylon test carpet from the finger sprayer at distance of 8-10 inches from the nylon test carpet and at a rate to saturate the top surface of the nylon test carpet. The applied decor product was allowed to dry overnight at ambient temperature and humidity on the nylon test carpet. Once dried one half of the applied decor product pattern was removed from the nylon test carpet using a Shop-Vac® lxl® wet/dry vacuum with hose attachment (1-1/4 inch diameter x 4 feet). The vacuum characteristics include 1 peak horsepower, 115 cubic feet/minute of air flow, 52 inches of sealed pressure, and electrical ratings of 120 V, 60 Hz, and 5.5 A. The pattern was vacuumed twenty times in one direction and then twenty times in the opposite direction over the same area. Once vacuumed, L — a — b measurements were taken from the vacuumed areas of the nylon test carpet with the Minolta data processor and Minolta chroma meter.
[00294] The un-vacuumed decor product pattern was subsequently affixed on the nylon test carpet by placing an absorbent paper towel (WYP ALL® X60 reinforced wipes from Kimberly-Clark Corp.) over the decor product pattern and heating the decor product pattern using a household iron (Hamilton-Beach Model #14340) set at the highest setting (cotton). Heat was applied through the absorbent paper towel in a circular motion for 2 1A minutes per square ft of decor product. Subsequently, the paper towel was removed from the nylon test carpet and L - a - b values were measured on the affixed decor product pattern using the Minolta data processor and Minolta chroma meter specified above.
[00295] To determine the resilience of the affixed decor product on the nylon test carpet, one half of the affixed decor product was vacuumed twenty times (using a back and forth motion) with a Shop- Vac® lxl® wet/dry vacuum with hose attachment. The L - a - b values of the vacuumed and affixed versus the affixed-only (unvacuumed) areas were taken using Minolta data processor combined with a Minolta chroma meter as mentioned above.
[00296] Reversibility, affixation, and durability of the decor products of Examples 25-28 are shown below in Table Nos. 39-42. [00297] Table No.39. Reversibility, Affixation, and Durability of the Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy Decor Product of Example 25.
L a b ΔE
Initial 55.54 4.72 11.28 -
Application 45.53 4.83 -15.43 28.52
Reversibility 51.48 4.64 9.94 4.28
Affixation 39.11 2.51 -7.66 25.17
Durability (vacuumed) 41.89 1.99 -6.38 22.49
Durability (not vacuumed) 37.09 2.55 -8.66 27.25
[00298] Table No. 40. Reversibility, Affixation, and Durability of the Blue Low Temperature Cure Epoxy-Poly ester Hybrid Decor Product of Example 26.
L a b ΔE
Initial 53.05 5.01 11.52 -
Application 47.00 4.19 -4.35 17.00
Reversibility 50.63 4.99 10.52 2.62
Affixation 44.01 3.31 0.39 14.44
Durability (vacuumed) 45.73 3.11 0.70 13.20
Durability (not vacuumed) 42.72 3.67 -0.20 15.68
[00299] Table No. 41. Reversibility, Affixation, and Durability of the Blue Low Temperature Cure Polyester-TGIC Decor Product of Example 27.
L a b ΔE
Initial 54.85 4.78 11.23 -
Application 47.17 4.47 -10.84 23.37
Reversibility 51.47 4.78 10.48 3.46
Affixation 43.19 3.37 -7.45 22.07
Durability (vacuumed) 42.06 3.27 -6.38 21.82
Durability (not vacuumed) 42.51 3.50 -5.60 20.91
[00300] Table No. 42. Reversibility, Affixation, and Durability of the Blue Low Temperature NATURA® Based Decor Product of Example 28.
L a b ΔE
Initial 54.95 4.79 11.31 -
Application 42.72 1.58 -11.09 25.72
Reversibility 50.89 4.70 11.37 4.06
Affixation 38.45 -3.01 -10.75 28.63
Durability (vacuumed) 37.05 -2.80 -8.62 27.84
Durability (not vacuumed) 38.23 -2.63 -10.17 28.21
[003011 Example 30. Determination of Glass transition temperatures CTg) and melting temperatures (Tm) of Surface Substrates.
[00302] Tg and Tm of surface substrates were measured using a Model QlOO Differential Scanning Calorimeter (TA Instruments, Inc.) at a heating rate of 20°C/min. Specifically, in this way, the nylon carpet of Table No. 38 was measured to have a Tg of 40-450C and a Tm of 25TC Further, a polyester carpet of Table No. 38 was measured to have a Tg of 140- 150°C and a Tm of247°C. INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION
[00303] The method disclosed herein allows for the application of a dέcor product to be applied to a surface, and more specifically a soft surface such as a carpet, a rug, draperies, curtains, upholstery, and the like. By applying the decor product to the soft surface, perceived aesthetic quality of the soft surface is improved and may extend the useful life of the soft surface before need for replacement.
[00304] The disclosure has been presented in an illustrative manner in order to enable a person of ordinary skill in the art to make and use the disclosure, and the terminology used is intended to be in the nature of description rather than of limitation. It is understood that the disclosure may be practiced in ways other than as specifically disclosed, and that all modifications, equivalents, and variations of the present disclosure, which are possible in light of the above teachings and ascertainable to a person of ordinary skill in the art, are specifically included within the scope of the impending claims. All patents, patent publications, and other references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A method of applying a composition to a surface, the method comprising: applying an effective amount of a composition in a preselected pattern to a selected surface to affect a color change thereon, the composition comprises a colorant, a surface- active agent, at least one of a polymer or a resin, and at least about 70 wt % of a liquid; allowing the composition to substantially dry on the surface to form substantially dry particles greater than about 1 micron in size attached to the surface; and applying energy to the substantially dry particles to achieve a film greater than about 0.1 micron in thickness on the surface.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the substantially dry particles are characterized by the ability to be removable from a nylon test carpet by vacuuming that results in a ΔE on the nylon test carpet of about 20 or less.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the polymer comprises at least one of a thermoset polymer or a thermoplastic polymer.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the dry particles have a first energy level and the film has a second energy level.
5. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition is formulated to be substantially removed from the selected surface before the step of applying energy to the substantially dry particles.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the composition further comprises at least one substantially homogeneous decor particle, a first additive, and a liquid carrier, and wherein the decor particle comprises a second additive, the colorant, and at least one of an epoxy resin and a curative, an epoxy resin, an acid-terminated polyester resin, and an accelerant, or an acid-terminated polyester resin and a curative.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the selected surface comprises a soft surface.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the composition further comprises an additive.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the additive comprises at least one of a stabilizer, an induction agent, a susceptor, a magnetic responsive agent, a metallic particle, an anti-wicking agent, a thickening agent, an adhesive, a binder, a surfactant, a lubricant, a viscosity modifier, a humectant, a propellant, an inorganic particulate material, or a pH neutralizing agent.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the energy is applied by at least one of heat, steam, an electromagnetic field, or a chemical.
11. The method of claim 1 , wherein the composition further comprises at least one of an ammonia-based chemistry, a water-based chemistry, an acid-based chemistry, an aqueous fabric paint, a thermally releasable coating, a peelable coating agent, a strippable coating agent, or an alkali soluble resin.
12. A method of applying a colorant to a surface, the method comprising: applying an effective amount of a liquid-based composition containing a colorant in a preselected pattern to a selected surface to affect a color change thereon, the liquid-based composition formulated to be applied in the effective amount to a nylon test carpet and to substantially dry to form particles greater than about 1 micron in size attached thereto, and upon vacuuming of the nylon test carpet resulting in a ΔE of about 20 or less.
13. The method of claim 12, wherein the liquid-based composition comprises a decor product and the method further comprises: selecting a design device that includes the decor product; placing the design device adjacent a surface; applying a release mechanism to the design device, wherein the step of applying of the release mechanism releases the decor product from the design device onto the surface; removing the design device from the surface; allowing the decor product to substantially dry on the surface to form a substantially dry decor product attached thereto; and at least one of substantially removing the dry decor product from the surface or substantially affixing the dry decor product thereon; wherein the dry decor product is formulated to be substantially affixed to the surface and can be substantially removed from the surface before the dry decor product is affixed thereto.
14. The method of claim 12 further comprising: applying to the surface a consumer aid comprising a color predicting aid and a pattern; selecting a design device and the liquid-based composition, the liquid-based composition comprising a decor product that is formulated to be substantially affixed to the surface by at least one of chemical curing or mechanical bonding; and applying the decor product to the surface using the design device; wherein the decor product substantially dries on the surface to form a substantially dry decor product attached thereto and wherein the substantially dry decor particle can be substantially removed from the surface before it is substantially affixed thereto.
15. The method of claim 14, wherein the consumer aid further comprises at least one of a design template, a color matching aid, a color blending sheet, a colorimeter, a color scanner, a color carpet chip, a color chart, or a color graph.
16. The method of claim 12, wherein the step of applying the effective amount of the liquid-based composition to the selected surface further comprises: selecting a design device; placing the design device adjacent a soft surface; applying to a cutout portion of the design device the liquid-based composition that comprises a decor product that is formulated to be substantially affixed to the soft surface upon application of energy thereto; removing the design device from the soft surface; allowing the decor product to substantially dry on the soft surface to form a substantially dry decor product attached thereto; and at least one of substantially removing the dry decor product from the soft surface or substantially affixing the dry decor product thereon; wherein the dry decor product can be substantially removed from the soft surface before application of energy thereto.
17. The method of claim 16, wherein the step of removing of the decor product from the surface comprises a vacuuming process.
18. The method of claim 16, wherein the step of affixing of the decor product to the soft surface comprises exposing the decor product to at least one of heat, steam, an electromagnetic field, or a chemical.
19. The method of claim 18, wherein decor product is affixed over a predetermined period of about 1 microsecond to about 12 hours.
20. The method of claim 18, wherein the decor product is affixed using at least one of chemical curing, mechanical bonding, a heat-emitting tool, an induction field-emitting tool, or a radiation emitting source.
21. The method of claim 16, wherein the decor product is affixed to the soft surface at a temperature less than about 26O0C and has a viscosity of equal to or less than about 2000 centipoises prior to application to the surface.
22. The method of claim 16, wherein the decor product, once applied to the soft surface, is substantially attached to the surface until the decor product is substantially removed or substantially affixed thereto.
23. The method of claim 16, wherein the decor product comprises at least one of a colorant, a particle, or a coating.
24. The method of claim 16, wherein the soft surface is pretreated prior to application of the decor product by at least one of cleaning, vacuuming, steam cleaning, bleaching, pH balancing, adjusting the pH, sweeping, painting, scrubbing, wetting, drying, heating, cooling, sanding, buffing, coating, or removing a coating therefrom.
25. The method of claim 16, wherein the removal of the decor product from the soft surface is facilitated by at least one of a surfactant, a zinc oxide, an alcohol, a blowing agent, a buffering agent, a mildly alkaline solution, a polar solution, a non-polar solution, a detergent, or a soap.
26. The method of claim 16, wherein the decor product is determined to be substantially affixed to the soft surface by using a consumer aid that indicates by a change in color that the decor product is substantially affixed to the surface.
27. The method of claim 16, wherein the design device comprises a stencil having a first layer, a second layer, and a support layer, wherein at least one of the first layer or the second layer comprises at least one of a peripheral edge or a cutout portion, the peripheral edge or cutout portion defining at least one of an indicium, a pattern, a shape, or a design, wherein the cutout portion provides a passage through at least the first layer and the second layer; wherein the support layer comprises an optional adherent mechanism.
28. The method of claim 16, wherein the decor product comprises on a weight to weight basis: about 0.1% to about 5% of a surfactant; about 0% to about 10% of an adhesive; about 1.1 % to about 40% of a powder; and about 0.1% to about 5% of an additive.
29. The method of claim 12, wherein the liquid-based composition comprises a decor product that includes an encapsulated decor particle, wherein the decor particle further comprises a shell, a colorant, and an additive.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the decor product is allowed to substantially dry on the selected surface to form a substantially dry decor product attached thereto.
31. The method of claim 29 further comprising at least one of removing the substantially dry decor product from the surface or treating the substantially dry decor product to release the colorant and additive from the encapsulated decor particle; wherein the substantially dry decor product is formulated to be substantially removable from the surface prior to being treated.
32. The method of claim 29, wherein the step of treating of the microencapsulated decor particle at least one of breaks, heats, weakens, or dissolves the shell.
33. The method of claim 12, wherein the pattern is applied using a design device that protects a portion of the selected surface from at least one of application, removal, or substantial affixation of the composition.
34. The method of claim 33, wherein the design device is disposed between the selected surface and the liquid-based composition and protects an area adjacent to the preselected pattern from receipt of the liquid-based composition.
35. The method of claim 33, wherein the liquid-based composition is applied to the design device and to the selected surface substantially simultaneously.
36. The method of claim 12, wherein the liquid-based composition comprises an additive and a liquid carrier; wherein the liquid-based composition is formulated to be substantially removable from the surface after being substantially attached thereto.
PCT/US2006/022184 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of applying a design to a surface WO2006133319A2 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008515890A JP2008545898A (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 How to add a design to the surface
MX2007015448A MX2007015448A (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of applying a design to a surface.
EP20060772468 EP1909974A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of applying a design to a surface
CA 2610962 CA2610962C (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of applying a design to a surface
AU2006254917A AU2006254917A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of applying a design to a surface

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US68795305P 2005-06-07 2005-06-07
US60/687,953 2005-06-07

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006133319A2 true WO2006133319A2 (en) 2006-12-14
WO2006133319A3 WO2006133319A3 (en) 2007-05-31

Family

ID=36968503

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/022184 WO2006133319A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of applying a design to a surface
PCT/US2006/021884 WO2006133169A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Composition for application to a surface
PCT/US2006/021848 WO2006133146A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of neutralizing a stain on a surface
PCT/US2006/021885 WO2006133170A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Design devices for applying a design to a surface

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2006/021884 WO2006133169A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Composition for application to a surface
PCT/US2006/021848 WO2006133146A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Method of neutralizing a stain on a surface
PCT/US2006/021885 WO2006133170A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-06-06 Design devices for applying a design to a surface

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (7) US7556841B2 (en)
EP (4) EP1901855A2 (en)
JP (4) JP2009503125A (en)
AU (4) AU2006254917A1 (en)
CA (4) CA2610962C (en)
MX (4) MX2007015450A (en)
WO (4) WO2006133319A2 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009139868A1 (en) * 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Method of affixing a design to a surface
TWI475145B (en) * 2012-10-17 2015-03-01

Families Citing this family (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030178129A1 (en) * 2001-12-03 2003-09-25 Jerry Rosenfeld Method of adapting a paint transfer image to the generation of a mural
EP1584371A1 (en) * 2004-04-07 2005-10-12 Urea Casale S.A. Fluid bed granulation process and apparatus
JP3906313B2 (en) * 2004-08-31 2007-04-18 株式会社加来野製作所 Vacuum drying machine and wood drying method using the same
US20070185003A1 (en) * 2006-01-18 2007-08-09 Invista North America S.A.R.L. Non-textile polymer compositions and methods
US7467647B1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2008-12-23 Wilk Kelly A Process for manufacturing shoe laces having designated features
WO2006133319A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-12-14 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Method of applying a design to a surface
US7727289B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2010-06-01 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for application to a surface
US20070277849A1 (en) 2006-06-06 2007-12-06 Shah Ketan N Method of neutralizing a stain on a surface
US7776108B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2010-08-17 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for application to a surface
US8846154B2 (en) 2005-06-07 2014-09-30 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Carpet décor and setting solution compositions
US20100154146A1 (en) 2008-07-02 2010-06-24 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Carpet decor and setting solution compositions
US8061269B2 (en) 2008-05-14 2011-11-22 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Multilayer stencils for applying a design to a surface
US8557758B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2013-10-15 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Devices for applying a colorant to a surface
US7921578B2 (en) * 2005-12-30 2011-04-12 Whirlpool Corporation Nebulizer system for a fabric treatment appliance
PL386474A1 (en) * 2006-01-24 2009-04-14 Kimoto Co., Ltd. Optical membrane and illuminated element produced with its application
MX2008012533A (en) * 2006-03-31 2008-11-27 Ici Ltd Aqueous solid paint composition comprising a salt of a fatty acid.
CN105860633A (en) * 2006-10-25 2016-08-17 美艺设计有限公司 Self designed fashion wear and other articles
US8028437B2 (en) * 2006-12-19 2011-10-04 Pauline Brown-Carter Hair dryer and vacuum device
US8344056B1 (en) 2007-04-04 2013-01-01 Homax Products, Inc. Aerosol dispensing systems, methods, and compositions for repairing interior structure surfaces
US9382060B1 (en) 2007-04-05 2016-07-05 Homax Products, Inc. Spray texture material compositions, systems, and methods with accelerated dry times
US8580349B1 (en) 2007-04-05 2013-11-12 Homax Products, Inc. Pigmented spray texture material compositions, systems, and methods
US7642616B2 (en) * 2007-05-17 2010-01-05 Micron Technology, Inc. Tunnel and gate oxide comprising nitrogen for use with a semiconductor device and a process for forming the device
US7941936B2 (en) * 2007-05-24 2011-05-17 Ingenious Designs Llc Garment drying apparatus
CA2692142C (en) * 2007-06-20 2016-07-26 Medical Components, Inc. Venous access port with molded and/or radiopaque indicia
US20090053485A1 (en) * 2007-08-24 2009-02-26 Melanie Royals Surface Decoration System
US20090107925A1 (en) * 2007-10-31 2009-04-30 Chevron U.S.A. Inc. Apparatus and process for treating an aqueous solution containing biological contaminants
US8349764B2 (en) 2007-10-31 2013-01-08 Molycorp Minerals, Llc Composition for treating a fluid
US20090181217A1 (en) * 2008-01-11 2009-07-16 Swc Graphics, Inc. Ink jet printing on sport court and other polymer tiles
US7946935B2 (en) * 2008-01-14 2011-05-24 766089 Alberta Ltd. Golf practice mat
US8986253B2 (en) 2008-01-25 2015-03-24 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Two chamber pumps and related methods
US20090304933A1 (en) * 2008-06-04 2009-12-10 Jeffery Conley Method of Painting Carpet and a Carpet Paint Formulation
US8408421B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2013-04-02 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Flow regulating stopcocks and related methods
AU2009293019A1 (en) 2008-09-19 2010-03-25 Tandem Diabetes Care Inc. Solute concentration measurement device and related methods
WO2010071956A1 (en) 2008-12-22 2010-07-01 Canadian Bank Note Company, Limited Improved printing of tactile marks for the visually impaired
KR101005954B1 (en) * 2009-04-30 2011-01-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Display apparatus
US8001744B1 (en) * 2009-06-18 2011-08-23 John Squitieri Method of grouting commercial kitchen floors using a two-part reactive epoxy grout
EP3284494A1 (en) 2009-07-30 2018-02-21 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Portable infusion pump system
CN102844190B (en) * 2009-10-23 2015-03-25 Spg印刷奥地利有限公司 Method for producing perforated or partially perforated templates with reliefs
CN102173252A (en) * 2010-12-23 2011-09-07 傅祥正 Technological process for carrying out jet printing on surface of rubber plate
US9233863B2 (en) 2011-04-13 2016-01-12 Molycorp Minerals, Llc Rare earth removal of hydrated and hydroxyl species
US20120305528A1 (en) * 2011-06-01 2012-12-06 Moore Greenberg Removable coating and resin system and method of using the same
US9248457B2 (en) 2011-07-29 2016-02-02 Homax Products, Inc. Systems and methods for dispensing texture material using dual flow adjustment
US9156042B2 (en) 2011-07-29 2015-10-13 Homax Products, Inc. Systems and methods for dispensing texture material using dual flow adjustment
US20130177713A1 (en) * 2012-01-05 2013-07-11 J. T. Cullen Co., Inc. Coating method using microbody encapsulated components
JP2013194348A (en) * 2012-03-23 2013-09-30 Japan Vilene Co Ltd Ornament fiber sheet and method for producing the same
US9180242B2 (en) 2012-05-17 2015-11-10 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Methods and devices for multiple fluid transfer
US9156602B1 (en) 2012-05-17 2015-10-13 Homax Products, Inc. Actuators for dispensers for texture material
US9555186B2 (en) 2012-06-05 2017-01-31 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. Infusion pump system with disposable cartridge having pressure venting and pressure feedback
US10035358B2 (en) 2012-07-17 2018-07-31 Ceraloc Innovation Ab Panels with digital embossed in register surface
TWI579322B (en) * 2012-07-25 2017-04-21 國立交通大學 Method for making porous materials
US9446602B2 (en) 2012-07-26 2016-09-20 Ceraloc Innovation Ab Digital binder printing
US8785549B2 (en) 2012-10-05 2014-07-22 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for sealing a colorant to a surface and/or for protecting a surface
US9056962B2 (en) 2012-10-05 2015-06-16 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for sealing a colorant to a surface, protecting a surface, and providing wear resistance to a surface
US9598826B2 (en) 2012-10-30 2017-03-21 Capstan Ag Systems, Inc. Paint spraying system
US10694747B2 (en) 2012-11-21 2020-06-30 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Dispenser comprising only one single hinge
GB2538492A (en) 2015-05-11 2016-11-23 Cook Medical Technologies Llc Aneurysm treatment assembly
US9079212B2 (en) 2013-01-11 2015-07-14 Floor Iptech Ab Dry ink for digital printing
US10041212B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2018-08-07 Ceraloc Innovation Ab Digital overlay
US9775335B2 (en) 2013-03-12 2017-10-03 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Durable coating-embedded pesticides with peel and stick mosquito treatment of containers
US9435120B2 (en) 2013-03-13 2016-09-06 Homax Products, Inc. Acoustic ceiling popcorn texture materials, systems, and methods
US9173998B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-11-03 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. System and method for detecting occlusions in an infusion pump
US9522209B2 (en) 2013-06-28 2016-12-20 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Emanation system and method for use
CN105358777B (en) * 2013-07-09 2018-03-02 塞拉洛克创新股份有限公司 Mechanical locking system for floor panel
CA2859537C (en) 2013-08-19 2019-10-29 Homax Products, Inc. Ceiling texture materials, systems, and methods
USD746066S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2015-12-29 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
USD746063S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2015-12-29 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
USD746064S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2015-12-29 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
USD745783S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2015-12-22 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
USD746067S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2015-12-29 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
USD746065S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2015-12-29 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
USD757449S1 (en) 2014-01-26 2016-05-31 Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Floor panel with woodgrain pattern
USD746068S1 (en) 2014-01-27 2015-12-29 Awi Licensing Company Floor panel with faux stone pattern
BR112016020631A2 (en) 2014-03-07 2018-05-15 Secure Natural Resources Llc cerium (iv) oxide with exceptional arsenic removal properties
US9615573B1 (en) 2014-09-04 2017-04-11 Rose M. Moore Product and method for providing anti-microbial delivery
USD787326S1 (en) 2014-12-09 2017-05-23 Ppg Architectural Finishes, Inc. Cap with actuator
CN104524614B (en) * 2014-12-10 2017-09-29 广东爱车小屋实业发展股份有限公司 Possesses composition of noctilucent function and preparation method thereof
CN104816572A (en) * 2015-03-23 2015-08-05 贵阳艺美观景观工程有限公司 Anaglyptic process for concrete wall
KR101985802B1 (en) * 2015-06-11 2019-06-04 주식회사 엘지화학 Laminate
WO2017096048A1 (en) * 2015-12-01 2017-06-08 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Absorbent and protective composition containing an elastomeric copolymer
US10179475B2 (en) 2015-12-08 2019-01-15 Edward Roth Repeat pattern surface marking system and kit
WO2017214629A1 (en) * 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 Ideapaint, Inc. Magnetic paint coatings and surfaces
CN106398180A (en) * 2016-09-09 2017-02-15 成都九十度工业产品设计有限公司 Rubbing-preventive shoe cushion and production method thereof
EP3381633B1 (en) 2017-02-24 2020-11-11 Carlos Jose Mongalo Robleto Automated and semi-automated process for staining wood with fluorescent dyes and pigments
TWI716569B (en) * 2017-03-23 2021-01-21 葉晉彰 Manufacturing method for forming three-dimensional decorative cloth on fabric
EP3479667A1 (en) * 2017-11-02 2019-05-08 Melos GmbH Artificial turf maintenance robot
EP3776801A4 (en) 2018-04-10 2021-12-22 Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. System and method for inductively charging a medical device
CN109337495A (en) * 2018-09-28 2019-02-15 合众(佛山)化工有限公司 A kind of refurbishing old ceramic tiles water paint of fluorine silicon anchorage
CA3077626A1 (en) * 2019-04-05 2020-10-05 Innotex Inc. Process for manufacturing firefighter protective garments and firefighter protective garments produced therefrom
CN110450264B (en) * 2019-07-12 2021-03-16 北京天地建设砼制品有限公司 Preparation method of image concrete
CN111138921A (en) * 2019-11-07 2020-05-12 广东东方一哥新材料股份有限公司 Preparation method of water-based single-component high-transparency full-matte finish paint
CN111500165B (en) * 2020-05-08 2022-01-11 广东华江粉末科技有限公司 Antibacterial powder coating and preparation method and application thereof
CN113270326B (en) * 2021-07-19 2021-09-14 江苏华昶熠电子科技有限公司 Fingerprint identification packaging component and preparation method thereof
US11884832B2 (en) 2022-03-17 2024-01-30 Jeffrey Mark Wakelam Material restoration composition and method

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB669739A (en) * 1947-10-30 1952-04-09 Interchem Corp Improvements in or relating to fabric decorating compositions
US3663262A (en) * 1969-02-12 1972-05-16 Deering Milliken Res Corp Fugitive coloration of solid materials with dyes
US3929068A (en) * 1973-12-17 1975-12-30 Jones & Co Ltd Samuel Stencils
US4006273A (en) * 1975-02-03 1977-02-01 Pratt & Lambert, Inc. Washable and dry-cleanable raised printing on fabrics
US4129669A (en) * 1976-11-01 1978-12-12 Lopez Martha Z Method of applying decorative designs to surfaces
US4560604A (en) * 1983-08-24 1985-12-24 Matsui Shikiso Chemical Co., Ltd. Method of flocking treatment
US4681791A (en) * 1985-01-30 1987-07-21 Pilot Ink Co., Ltd. Thermochromic textile material
US6136046A (en) * 1994-09-14 2000-10-24 Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. Interior base material and printing process thereof
US20010051222A1 (en) * 1995-12-04 2001-12-13 Michael J. Stevenson Method and composition to enhance polyolefin surfaces
US20040118305A1 (en) * 2002-08-13 2004-06-24 Martinez Jose M. Stencil

Family Cites Families (376)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US359516A (en) * 1887-03-15 David j
US1256189A (en) * 1916-06-15 1918-02-12 Franklin Murphy Process of treating car-seats.
GB531766A (en) * 1939-07-29 1941-01-10 Calco Chemical Co Inc Improvements in floor coverings
GB721827A (en) * 1950-09-19 1955-01-12 Photocolour Lab Ltd Improvements in or relating to fluorescent coating compositions
GB774078A (en) * 1953-04-30 1957-05-08 Laszlo Auer Improvements in textile decoration and compositions therefor
US3030227A (en) * 1957-06-10 1962-04-17 Riegel Textile Corp Changeable color textile fabric and process for causing color to change
US3951836A (en) * 1966-09-12 1976-04-20 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Toners for electrostatic imaging
US3419525A (en) * 1967-01-17 1968-12-31 Gen Mills Inc Curing of epoxies with an aminesubstituted acid
BE731202A (en) 1968-04-08 1969-10-08
US3595166A (en) 1969-02-20 1971-07-27 Bell & Howell Co Three-layer stencil assembly having plastic overlay sheet
CA919861A (en) * 1969-09-29 1973-01-30 Teijin Limited Dyeing process of fabrics of synthetic fibers
US3945791A (en) 1970-06-30 1976-03-23 Armstrong Cork Company In-register printed and embossed carpet
US4147737A (en) * 1970-12-23 1979-04-03 Internationale Octrooi Maatschappij Octropa B.V. Powder coating composition employing mixture of polyepoxide resin with modified polyester resin
US3956197A (en) * 1971-04-15 1976-05-11 Foster D. Snell, Inc. Cleaning composition in dry powder form
US3723323A (en) * 1971-04-22 1973-03-27 Johnson & Son Inc S C Fabric treating shampoo compositions
DE2122714C2 (en) 1971-05-07 1974-01-17 Eduard Kuesters Maschinenfabrik, 4150 Krefeld Process for colored sampling of textile materials, paper, plastic, sheet metal
CA983805A (en) 1971-12-17 1976-02-17 Helmut H. Froehlich Cleaning composition
GB1366343A (en) * 1972-07-27 1974-09-11 Norris R P Stencils
US3867171A (en) * 1972-11-24 1975-02-18 American Cyanamid Co Adhesive color printing system for floor coverings and other home furnishings fabrics
US4190714A (en) * 1972-12-26 1980-02-26 Monsanto Company Powder coating resin process containing an aromatic carbonamide condensate
US3956162A (en) * 1973-06-15 1976-05-11 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Thixotropic cleaning composition containing particulate resins and fumed silica
US3849159A (en) * 1973-08-06 1974-11-19 Congoleum Ind Inc Carpet embossing in register with print
US3910848A (en) 1974-03-18 1975-10-07 Du Pont Liquid cleaning composition
DE2418076A1 (en) 1974-04-13 1975-11-06 Bayer Ag DYE PREPARATIONS
US4108800A (en) * 1975-03-26 1978-08-22 Milliken Research Corporation Cleaning composition
GB1517834A (en) * 1975-03-28 1978-07-12 Dainippon Toryo Kk Aqueous dispersion type coating composition
US4180527A (en) 1975-04-28 1979-12-25 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Process for the manufacture of crystalline, crosslinked, elastomeric epoxide resins
GB1509043A (en) 1975-04-29 1978-04-26 Ucb Sa Powdered epoxy resin and polyester coating compositions
US4123378A (en) 1975-09-16 1978-10-31 Ciba-Geigy Ag Stain removing agents and process for cleaning and optionally dyeing textile material
DE2621656A1 (en) * 1976-05-15 1977-12-01 Dynamit Nobel Ag HAARDABLE POWDER-FORM COATING COMPOSITIONS
US4089722A (en) 1976-09-23 1978-05-16 Holoubek Studios, Inc. Method of affixing heat transferrable indicia to a fabric surface
US4131422A (en) 1977-02-22 1978-12-26 Milliken Research Corporation Polymer-printed fabric and method for producing same
JPS5927069B2 (en) * 1977-03-28 1984-07-03 株式会社東芝 Index scalar picture tube
NO782592L (en) * 1977-08-01 1979-02-02 Int Research & Dev Co Ltd METHOD OF PREPARING A STENSIL AND STENSIL FOR CARRYING OUT THE PROCEDURE
US4120650A (en) * 1977-12-05 1978-10-17 Basf Wyandotte Corporation Laundering process for dual bleaching stained fabrics
US4195140A (en) 1978-02-28 1980-03-25 Lord Corporation Adhesive-promoting compositions
US4263352A (en) 1978-08-21 1981-04-21 Grow Group, Inc. Aqueous dispersion coating composition and application to molded articles
US4397650A (en) 1978-09-19 1983-08-09 United Merchants & Manufacturers, Inc. Textile dyeing process
US4296014A (en) * 1978-10-26 1981-10-20 Dai Nippon Toryo Co., Ltd. Aqueous dispersion type thermosetting coating composition
US4239490A (en) 1979-03-16 1980-12-16 Professional Chemical & Color, Inc. Carpet dyeing system
US4434067A (en) * 1981-07-27 1984-02-28 Milliken Research Corporation Powdered cleaning composition
DE3200959A1 (en) * 1982-01-14 1983-07-21 Hasso von 4000 Düsseldorf Blücher Textile two-dimensional filter
US4693840A (en) * 1982-07-26 1987-09-15 The Procter & Gamble Company No rinse liquid car cleaner with solid polymers
EP0103407B1 (en) 1982-08-19 1986-06-18 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Composite decorative article
EP0103344B1 (en) 1982-09-07 1988-10-19 Energy Sciences Inc. Process of in-line coating and decorative layer lamination with panel board material and the like employing electron-beam irradiation, and decorated panel produced thereby
NL8204205A (en) 1982-10-29 1984-05-16 Dsm Resins Bv POLYESTER AND ITS USE IN POWDER COATED.
US4549000A (en) 1983-03-09 1985-10-22 Vernicolor Ag Thermosetting powder lacquer for covering weld seams
US5523045A (en) * 1983-04-13 1996-06-04 American National Can Company Methods for injection molding and blow-molding multi-layer plastic articles
GB2152841B (en) * 1984-01-13 1987-05-20 Furniture Ind Res Ass Method for producing a decorative finish on a substrate of heterogeneous composition
US4713084A (en) 1984-05-07 1987-12-15 Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Alginate gel particle inks or dye liquors for imparting color to textiles
GB8411890D0 (en) 1984-05-10 1984-06-13 Albright & Wilson Dyeing processes
US5112883A (en) * 1984-06-08 1992-05-12 Photoprotective Technologies Incorporated Medium incorporating melanin as an absorbing pigment against electromagnetic radiation
DE3437629A1 (en) * 1984-10-13 1986-04-17 Henkel KGaA, 4000 Düsseldorf CARPET CLEANER
US5194299A (en) * 1984-10-19 1993-03-16 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Repositionable pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet material
US4568606A (en) 1984-12-14 1986-02-04 Morton Thiokol, Inc. Powder coatable epoxy/polyester composition and electrical conductors coated therewith
US4566980A (en) * 1985-01-16 1986-01-28 Creative Products Resource Associates, Ltd. Carpet treating composition
US4764395A (en) * 1985-11-06 1988-08-16 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Process for finishing a textile fabric with a radiation crosslinkable compound
US5217255A (en) 1986-09-15 1993-06-08 Lin Nan J Erasable system including marking surface and erasable ink composition
US5110626A (en) 1986-12-23 1992-05-05 Atochem North America, Inc. U.V. stabilized article
US4990369A (en) 1986-12-23 1991-02-05 M&T Chemicals Inc. Process for surface modification of polymer articles
US5110625A (en) 1986-12-23 1992-05-05 Atochem North America Process for surface modification of polymer articles
US5164226A (en) 1986-12-23 1992-11-17 Atochem North America, Inc. Process for surface modification of polymer articles
US5091213A (en) * 1986-12-23 1992-02-25 Atochem North America, Inc. Process for surface modification of polymer articles
DE3707409A1 (en) 1987-03-07 1988-09-15 Henkel Kgaa METHOD FOR REMOVING TEXTILES
US4782672A (en) 1987-06-17 1988-11-08 Secolo William J Carpet steam dye machine
IT1228255B (en) 1987-07-06 1991-06-05 Golden Trade Srl PROCEDURE FOR NON-UNIFORM DYING OF TEXTILE PRODUCTS AND DYED TEXTILE PRODUCTS SO OBTAINED
US5110634A (en) * 1987-07-23 1992-05-05 Atochem North America Process for making a surface modified polymer article
DE3726772A1 (en) 1987-08-12 1989-02-23 Eifler Hermann Josef DISPOSABLE TEMPLATE
US5248719A (en) 1987-09-26 1993-09-28 Huels Aktiengesellschaft Solid coating composition for textile floor coverings
US5110317A (en) * 1987-09-28 1992-05-05 Allied-Signal Inc. Methods and compositions to enhance stain resistance of dyed nylon carpet fibers: thiocyanate to reduce yellowing
US5230708A (en) * 1987-09-28 1993-07-27 Allied-Signal Inc. Methods and compositions to enhance stain resistance of nylon carpet fibers: thlocyanate to reduce yellowing
DK520587D0 (en) * 1987-10-05 1987-10-05 Dansk Transfertryk PROCEDURE FOR TRANSFER PRINTING A TEXTILE AND PATTERNS FOR USE BY THE PROCEDURE
US4778742A (en) 1987-10-07 1988-10-18 Xerox Corporation Colored toner compositions
JPH01111081A (en) * 1987-10-21 1989-04-27 Sanko Biken:Kk Deying of decolored chemical fiber carped or faded old mat
US4836828A (en) 1987-11-24 1989-06-06 Burlington Industries, Inc. Continuous thermosol dyeing of high-modulus, high-tenacity, low-shrinkage polyamide fabrics with acid dyes
US4836826A (en) * 1987-12-18 1989-06-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Administrator Of The National Aeronautics And Space Administration Magnetic drive coupling
US5876792A (en) 1988-03-14 1999-03-02 Nextec Applications, Inc. Methods and apparatus for controlled placement of a polymer composition into a web
US5869172A (en) * 1988-03-14 1999-02-09 Nextec Applications, Inc. Internally-coated porous webs with controlled positioning of modifiers therein
US4871604A (en) 1988-04-04 1989-10-03 Allied-Signal Inc. Binder powder carpet fiber
WO1989012136A1 (en) 1988-06-02 1989-12-14 Commonwealth Scientific And Industrial Research Or Heat transfer and carpet dye fixation method and apparatus
US4994238A (en) * 1988-06-09 1991-02-19 Daffern George M Constant volume chemical analysis test device
US5330627A (en) 1988-07-13 1994-07-19 Herberts G.M.B.H. Thermosetting coating compositions and their use
US4978390A (en) 1988-10-27 1990-12-18 Binney & Smith Inc. Washable solid marking composition
US4913952A (en) 1988-11-14 1990-04-03 Milliken Research Corporation Carpet composites, having improved static electricity characteristics
US5122404A (en) 1988-11-14 1992-06-16 Milliken Research Corporation Carpet composites having improved static electricity characteristics
US4965172A (en) 1988-12-22 1990-10-23 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Humidity-resistant proofing toners with low molecular weight polystyrene
US5232535A (en) 1989-02-23 1993-08-03 Anthony Industries, Inc. Process for preparing embossed, coated paper
DE4010295A1 (en) 1989-03-31 1990-10-04 Showa Denko Kk NEW AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES AND METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF
FR2649111B1 (en) 1989-06-29 1991-09-13 Poudres & Explosifs Ste Nale METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING RADIORETICULATING COATINGS, NEW RADIORETICULABLE COMPOSITIONS AND NEW CARBONATES
US5120326A (en) * 1989-06-30 1992-06-09 Olin Corporation Anionic polycarboxylated surfactants as dye-leveling agents
US4981488A (en) 1989-08-16 1991-01-01 Burlington Industries, Inc. Nomex printing
US5571444A (en) 1989-09-11 1996-11-05 Invicta Group Industries Pty Ltd. Textile treatment
JP2815639B2 (en) 1989-09-13 1998-10-27 株式会社リコー Base paper for heat-sensitive stencil printing
US5037485A (en) 1989-09-14 1991-08-06 Dow Corning Corporation Method of cleaning surfaces
US5041488A (en) 1989-09-19 1991-08-20 Potter Paint Co. Temporary camouflage paint
US5010131A (en) * 1989-10-20 1991-04-23 Texo Corporation Barrier coating
FR2656343B1 (en) 1989-12-22 1992-07-24 Chomarat & Cie PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A REINFORCING TEXTILE REINFORCEMENT FOR COMPOSITE MATERIALS BASED ON RESINS AND NEW TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT.
KR950012768B1 (en) 1989-12-28 1995-10-21 고려화학주식회사 Process for the preparation of low lemperatire curing polyester resin and powder paint composition
ES2088781T3 (en) 1990-01-19 1996-09-16 Minnesota Mining & Mfg THERMOSURING COMPOSITION.
US5064433A (en) * 1990-03-05 1991-11-12 Helix Medical, Inc. Voice prosthesis insertion assemblies
DE4007299A1 (en) * 1990-03-08 1991-09-12 Hoechst Ag METHOD FOR THE ONE-BATH DYEING AND FLAME-RETARDANT FINISHING OF FLAT-SHAPED TEXTILE MATERIALS
US5466527A (en) 1990-05-04 1995-11-14 Burlington Industries Stain resistance of nylon carpet
GB9013678D0 (en) 1990-06-19 1990-08-08 Ici Plc Curable composition comprising a crystallisable polymer
GB9013679D0 (en) 1990-06-19 1990-08-08 Ici Plc Curable composition comprising a crystallisable polymer
JP2585841B2 (en) * 1990-06-20 1997-02-26 帝人株式会社 Liquid pigment for raw polyamide and dyed polyamide yarn using the same
DE4020972C1 (en) * 1990-06-30 1991-06-06 Vegla Vereinigte Glaswerke Gmbh, 5100 Aachen, De
JP2810500B2 (en) 1990-07-03 1998-10-15 日本ペイント株式会社 Powder paint
US5246518A (en) 1990-07-09 1993-09-21 Nathan Hale Permanent sublimation printing process
US5555813A (en) 1990-07-09 1996-09-17 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Permanment heat activated electrographic printing process and composition
US5734396A (en) 1994-09-01 1998-03-31 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Permanent heat activated transfer printing process and composition
US5488907C1 (en) 1990-07-09 2001-11-27 Sawgrass Systems Inc Permanent heat activated transfer printing process and composition
US5575877A (en) 1990-07-09 1996-11-19 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Printing method of applying a polymer surface preparation material to a substrate
US6425331B1 (en) 1990-07-09 2002-07-30 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Permanent heat activated printing process
US5601023A (en) * 1990-07-09 1997-02-11 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Permanent heat activated transfer printing process and composition
US5302223A (en) 1990-07-09 1994-04-12 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Permanent heat sensitive transfer printing process
US5248363A (en) 1990-07-09 1993-09-28 Nathan Hale Transfer media produced by a thermal transfer printing process
US5487614A (en) 1990-07-09 1996-01-30 Sawgrass Systems, Inc., A South Carolina Corporation Method of printing a multiple color image using heat sensitive inks
DE59106464D1 (en) 1990-07-12 1995-10-19 Ciba Geigy Ag Process for fixing dyes.
US5199126A (en) * 1990-08-01 1993-04-06 Fuller B Frank Method and apparatus for dyeing carpet
US5147747A (en) 1990-08-06 1992-09-15 Eastman Kodak Company Low fusing temperature tone powder of crosslinked crystalline and amorphous polyesters
US5057392A (en) 1990-08-06 1991-10-15 Eastman Kodak Company Low fusing temperature toner powder of cross-linked crystalline and amorphous polyester blends
US5112715A (en) 1990-08-06 1992-05-12 Eastman Kodak Company Toner compositions containing a multi-purpose additive
US5071440A (en) 1990-10-01 1991-12-10 Hines John B Method for temporarily coloring article with acid labile colorant
JP2627821B2 (en) 1990-11-28 1997-07-09 三洋加工紙株式会社 Process paper with mold and method for producing the same
DE4038002A1 (en) * 1990-11-29 1992-06-04 Bayer Ag METHOD FOR PRODUCING IMPROVED DYE GRANULES
US5131914A (en) 1990-12-13 1992-07-21 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Process for preparing multi-colored dyed polyamide substrates including the application of a reactive vinyl sulfone dye and a resist agent
US5131918A (en) 1990-12-13 1992-07-21 Hoechst Celanese Corporation Process for dyeing mixed anionic/cationic polyamide substrates with a specific type of vinyl sulfone dye
US5116682A (en) 1990-12-17 1992-05-26 Bridgestone/Firestone, Inc. Process for producing anti-wicking polyester yarn and product produced thereby
CA2061474C (en) 1991-02-22 2002-03-26 Kenneth Benjamin Higgins Bitumen backed carpet tile
GB9107952D0 (en) * 1991-04-15 1991-05-29 Dow Rheinmuenster Surface crosslinked and surfactant coated absorbent resin particles and method of preparation
US5177209A (en) 1991-04-22 1993-01-05 Miles Inc. Process for preparation of asymmetric isoindoline pigments
US5326872A (en) 1991-04-22 1994-07-05 Miles Inc. Process for preparation of asymmetric isoindoline pigments
JP3208825B2 (en) 1991-05-28 2001-09-17 日本油脂株式会社 Powder coating for forming a coating film having a concavo-convex pattern, method for manufacturing the same, manufacturing apparatus, coating method, and coating film
US5248443A (en) * 1991-07-29 1993-09-28 Armstrong World Industries, Inc. Seam cleaning composition
US5143754A (en) 1991-08-01 1992-09-01 Eastman Kodak Company Solvent fusing of thermal printer dye image
JP2801982B2 (en) 1991-08-21 1998-09-21 富士写真フイルム株式会社 How to make a stencil
GB9119655D0 (en) * 1991-09-13 1991-10-23 Forbo Cp Ltd Self-adhesive wallcoverings
US5358537A (en) * 1991-09-17 1994-10-25 Shaw Industries, Inc. Process for dyeing polymeric fibers
US5199957A (en) 1991-10-24 1993-04-06 Milliken Research Corporation Colored textile fabric having partially removable pigment coating
ZA926584B (en) 1991-11-04 1993-03-08 Rheox Int Antisettling agents for aqueous coating compositions.
US5176745A (en) * 1991-12-11 1993-01-05 Milliken Research Corporation Aqueous ink composition and colorants useful therein
MY109293A (en) 1991-12-18 1996-12-31 Gillette Co Fiber marker including an erasable ink
US5298035A (en) 1991-12-27 1994-03-29 Og Kabushiki Kaisha Process for preparing thermosensitive fibrous structure
US5284902A (en) * 1992-01-03 1994-02-08 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fabric repellent treatment from hydrocarbon solvent system
US5908633A (en) 1992-02-24 1999-06-01 Usala; Anton-Lewis Bioartificial hormone releasing device
EP0633814B1 (en) 1992-03-31 1998-03-04 Union Carbide Chemicals & Plastics Technology Corporation Methods and apparatus for reducing air entrapment in spray application of coatings to a substrate
DE69327611T2 (en) 1992-05-14 2000-07-13 Decora Inc Self-adhesive, decorative surface covering material
US5298028A (en) 1992-06-17 1994-03-29 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method of making a yarn of particulate-impregnated aramid fibers
US5362417A (en) 1992-07-09 1994-11-08 Xerox Corporation Method of preparing a stable colloid of submicron particles
WO1994002679A1 (en) * 1992-07-27 1994-02-03 Kanebo, Ltd. Printed cloth and method of manufacturing the same
ES2060554T3 (en) 1992-07-31 2000-04-16 Microfibres Inc TRANSFER OF AN IMPRESSION TO A CLOTH FABRIC.
US5330788A (en) 1992-08-10 1994-07-19 Henkel Corporation Temporary coating system
US5589256A (en) 1992-08-17 1996-12-31 Weyerhaeuser Company Particle binders that enhance fiber densification
US5879746A (en) 1992-08-28 1999-03-09 Daikin Industries, Ltd. Aqueous dispersion compositions of fluorine-containing melt-processable resins
GB9219909D0 (en) * 1992-09-21 1992-11-04 Sandoz Ltd Improvements in or relating to organic compounds
US5648446A (en) * 1993-02-24 1997-07-15 Mitsui Toatsu Chemicals, Inc. Diguanamines and preparation process, derivatives and use thereof
AU662464B2 (en) * 1993-05-18 1995-08-31 Morton International, Inc. Water-reducible dye compositions
EP0636743B1 (en) * 1993-07-28 1999-12-29 Ciba SC Holding AG Process for dyeing of wool-containing fibre materials
BE1007555A3 (en) * 1993-09-30 1995-08-01 Denderland Martin Nv Method for resistance to improve the colour spots of yarn and products.
US5379947A (en) 1993-11-09 1995-01-10 Basf Corporation Process for producing a powder coating composition
US5885306A (en) * 1994-02-01 1999-03-23 Meiji Seika Kaisha, Ltd. Method for preventing redeposition of desorbed dyes to pre-dyed fabrics or its garments and dye antiredeposition agent
US6439710B1 (en) 1994-02-10 2002-08-27 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Printed media produced by permanent heat activated printing process
US5456725A (en) 1994-03-04 1995-10-10 Milliken Research Corporation Method for temporarily coloring textile fibers
US6450098B1 (en) 1994-03-08 2002-09-17 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Permanent heat activated ink jet printing process
US5640180A (en) * 1994-03-08 1997-06-17 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Low energy heat activated transfer printing process
US5642141A (en) 1994-03-08 1997-06-24 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Low energy heat activated transfer printing process
WO1995026437A1 (en) * 1994-03-29 1995-10-05 Ful-Dye, Incorporated Low temperature textile dyeing method using high temperature dye compositions
US5554212A (en) * 1994-05-06 1996-09-10 Tektronix, Inc. Waterfast high gloss hyperthermogelling aqueous phase change ink and method for use
US5525125A (en) 1994-05-10 1996-06-11 Henkel Corporation Process for fixing dyes in textile materials
US5576361A (en) 1995-04-20 1996-11-19 The Glidden Company Zero VOC, aqueous dispersed, polyester modified acrylic-epoxy microgel polymers
JP3329946B2 (en) 1994-07-15 2002-09-30 本田技研工業株式会社 Matte coating
US5710195A (en) 1994-08-05 1998-01-20 Subbaraman; Ramesh B. Non-pigmented opaque jet ink compositions and methods of creating opaque indicia
US5587408A (en) 1994-09-16 1996-12-24 Avery Dennison Corporation Solid erasable marking composition
US5585426A (en) * 1994-10-05 1996-12-17 Nexus Corporation Process for imparting an electrostatic charge to powders to render them useful for coating application
US6977098B2 (en) 1994-10-27 2005-12-20 Asml Holding N.V. Method of uniformly coating a substrate
US6649317B2 (en) 1994-11-07 2003-11-18 Barbara Wagner Energy activated electrographic printing process
US6402313B1 (en) 1998-05-06 2002-06-11 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Substrate reactive printing process
US7041424B2 (en) * 1994-11-07 2006-05-09 Ming Xu Energy activated electrographic printing process
US6887640B2 (en) * 2002-02-28 2005-05-03 Sukun Zhang Energy activated electrographic printing process
US6348939B1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2002-02-19 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Digital printable reactive dye and process
US6673503B2 (en) * 1994-11-07 2004-01-06 Barbara Wagner Energy activated electrographic printing process
US6341856B1 (en) * 1999-04-23 2002-01-29 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Ink jet printing process using reactive inks
US7654660B2 (en) 1994-11-07 2010-02-02 Sawgrass Technologies, Inc. Energy activated printing process
MX9504934A (en) * 1994-12-12 1997-01-31 Morton Int Inc Smooth thin film powder coatings.
US5852072A (en) 1994-12-16 1998-12-22 Bic Corporation Erasable ink composition containing a waterborne polyurethane urea
JPH10512203A (en) * 1995-01-17 1998-11-24 ダブリュ.エル.ゴア アンド アソシエイツ,インコーポレイティド Making and using improved durable printable sheets
US5851595A (en) 1995-02-13 1998-12-22 Shaw Industries, Inc. Method of treating carpet yarn and carpet to enhance repellency
US5536762A (en) 1995-04-20 1996-07-16 Indeco Products, Inc. Fugitive ink for marking cotton bales and like fibers
DE19517794A1 (en) * 1995-05-15 1996-11-21 Hoechst Ag Use of carbohydrate compounds as an aid for dyeing and printing fiber materials
GB9511468D0 (en) * 1995-06-07 1995-08-02 Triplex Safety Glass Co Printing
US5676787A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-10-14 Borden Decorative Products, Inc. Method for making repositionable wall covering and intermediate for same
US6277229B1 (en) * 1995-08-25 2001-08-21 Avery Dennison Corporation Image transfer sheets and a method of manufacturing the same
KR100404774B1 (en) * 1995-09-06 2004-04-01 아사히 덴카 고교 가부시키가이샤 Viscosity regulator
US6036726A (en) * 1995-10-27 2000-03-14 Solutia Inc. Process for separating polyamide from colorant
JP2729935B2 (en) * 1995-10-31 1998-03-18 大日本塗料株式会社 Sealing treatment method for thermal spray coating and sealing material
CA2239057C (en) * 1995-12-14 2005-03-15 Kell Erik Franke A transfer for decorating textiles with coloured patterns
EP0780451A3 (en) * 1995-12-18 1998-01-07 Eastman Kodak Company Ink jet inks containing block copolymer of polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide
US5681620A (en) 1996-01-11 1997-10-28 Elgarhy; Yassin M. Enhancement of stain resistance or acid dye fixation, improved light fastness and durability of fibrous polyamide and wool substrates
US5908663A (en) 1996-02-01 1999-06-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Topical carpet treatment
NL1002508C2 (en) 1996-03-01 1997-06-06 Wavin Trepak B V Method for applying a removable print on a holder and holder provided with a removable print.
WO1997038034A1 (en) * 1996-04-03 1997-10-16 Herberts Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung Modified polyester resin/organic peroxide systems for powder coatings which are applicable to temperature sensitive and metallic substrates
AU2521897A (en) 1996-04-11 1997-10-29 Hitachi Maxell, Ltd. Coating facilitating removal of adherent matter and method of using the same
AT404240B (en) 1996-04-25 1998-09-25 Isovolta LAMINATE CONSISTING OF A BASE AND COVER LAYER AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING A DECORATIVE SURFACE ON THIS LAMINATE
US5721052A (en) * 1996-05-06 1998-02-24 Morton International, Inc. Textured epoxy powder coating compositions for wood substrates and method of coating wood therewith
GB9611118D0 (en) * 1996-05-29 1996-07-31 Ici Plc Dispersions
JP3667448B2 (en) * 1996-06-03 2005-07-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Integrated thermal transfer sheet and thermal transfer image receiving paper
US7098320B1 (en) 1996-07-29 2006-08-29 Nanosphere, Inc. Nanoparticles having oligonucleotides attached thereto and uses therefor
US5746816A (en) 1996-08-01 1998-05-05 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Liquid ink process and printing method
US6090447A (en) 1996-08-09 2000-07-18 Asahi Glass Company, Ltd. Process for forming a water-repellent thin film
US5637654A (en) * 1996-08-12 1997-06-10 Mcwhorter Technologies Low temperature cure carboxyl terminated polyesters
US5866628A (en) * 1996-08-30 1999-02-02 Day-Glo Color Corp. Ultraviolet and electron beam radiation curable fluorescent printing ink concentrates and printing inks
US5944852A (en) * 1996-10-23 1999-08-31 Solutia Inc. Dyeing process
US5872090A (en) * 1996-10-25 1999-02-16 The Procter & Gamble Company Stain removal with bleach
US6207768B1 (en) * 1996-11-28 2001-03-27 Kao Corporation Combining differently colored powder coatings which heat-cure to homogeneous hue
US5800866A (en) 1996-12-06 1998-09-01 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method of preparing small particle dispersions
GB9625634D0 (en) * 1996-12-10 1997-01-29 Courtaulds Fibres Holdings Ltd Method of manufacture of nonwoven fabric
US5763016A (en) 1996-12-19 1998-06-09 Anon, Incorporated Method of forming patterns in organic coatings films and layers
US5900094A (en) * 1997-02-14 1999-05-04 Binney & Smith Inc. Image transfer method for use with water based dry erase markers
US5981626A (en) 1997-02-14 1999-11-09 Binney & Smith Inc. Washable coloring composition suitable for use in dry erase markers
TW401451B (en) 1997-04-07 2000-08-11 Kao Corp Powder coating
EP0880080B1 (en) * 1997-05-20 2007-03-14 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Toner for developing electrostatic images and image forming method
US6284845B1 (en) 1997-06-02 2001-09-04 Mcwhorter Technologies Low temperature cure carboxyl terminated polyesters
US6086636A (en) * 1997-06-17 2000-07-11 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation Printing of fibre materials
US6251987B1 (en) 1997-07-31 2001-06-26 Xerox Corporation Inks with colored resin emulsion particles
US6069221A (en) * 1997-08-01 2000-05-30 Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. Powder coating compositions containing a carboxylic acid functional polyester
CA2211589A1 (en) * 1997-08-13 1999-02-13 Absorb-X Environmentally Friendly Products Limited Polyurethane foam cleaning pad and absorbent particles
US5955413A (en) 1997-10-24 1999-09-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Carpet cleaning and reapplication system based on methacrylic acid polymer, sequestrant, and anionic surfactant
US5955523A (en) 1997-11-07 1999-09-21 Milliken Research Corporation Polyoxalkylenated disazo colored thermoplastic resins
US6623576B2 (en) * 1998-10-28 2003-09-23 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Continuous manufacture of superabsorbent/ion exchange sheet material
US5922088A (en) 1997-11-19 1999-07-13 Henkel Corporation Process for fixing dyes in textile materials
US6031023A (en) 1997-12-03 2000-02-29 Milliken & Company Dry erase ink composition
GB9726814D0 (en) * 1997-12-19 1998-02-18 Zeneca Ltd Compositions
JP3822738B2 (en) 1998-01-21 2006-09-20 大日精化工業株式会社 Ink composition having alkali treatment releasability and method for removing ink composition from printed matter
US6073554A (en) * 1998-02-13 2000-06-13 Cutcher, Sr.; Thomas V. Ink shield screen printing assembly and process
GB2335392B (en) * 1998-02-17 2001-11-07 Autotype Internat Ltd Screen printing stencil production
DE69917227T2 (en) 1998-02-20 2005-05-25 The Procter & Gamble Company, Cincinnati MEANS TO REMOVE RUGS WITH SOUND OR ULTRASONIC WAVES
US6451070B1 (en) * 1998-03-06 2002-09-17 Basf Corporation Ultraviolet stability of aramid and aramid-blend fabrics by pigment dyeing or printing
US6348679B1 (en) 1998-03-17 2002-02-19 Ameritherm, Inc. RF active compositions for use in adhesion, bonding and coating
DE19813394A1 (en) * 1998-03-26 1999-09-30 Merck Patent Gmbh Pigment preparation
EP0949326A1 (en) * 1998-04-08 1999-10-13 The Procter & Gamble Company Process for cleaning carpets
US6316080B1 (en) * 1998-04-15 2001-11-13 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Fluid-releasable image transfer sheet
US6071565A (en) * 1998-04-20 2000-06-06 The Dow Chemical Company Water-borne epoxy resin coating composition
US6447629B1 (en) 1998-05-06 2002-09-10 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Digital thermal printing process using reactive ink
US6105502A (en) 1998-10-02 2000-08-22 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Reactive ink printing process
US6007955A (en) 1998-06-04 1999-12-28 Agfa-Gevaert, N.V. Toner composition for use in textile printing
US7350257B2 (en) * 1998-06-12 2008-04-01 Rapid Brands Corporation Cleaning tool with removable cleaning sheets
JP4191282B2 (en) * 1998-06-24 2008-12-03 関西ペイント株式会社 Coating composition capable of forming thick film coating film and coated metal plate using the same
US6686314B2 (en) 1998-07-10 2004-02-03 Ming Xu Receiver/transfer media for printing and transfer process
US6211308B1 (en) * 1998-08-20 2001-04-03 Henkel Corporation Method for coating a textile
JP3454498B2 (en) 1998-09-25 2003-10-06 株式会社サクラクレパス Erasable ink composition and water-based ballpoint pen using the same
ES2213248T3 (en) 1998-10-13 2004-08-16 Bush Industries, Inc. PROCEDURE TO APPLY A COLOR DECORATION ON A SUBSTRATE.
US6225026B1 (en) * 1998-10-19 2001-05-01 Afrion Digital Ltd. Printing stencil and a method for preparation thereof
US7041630B1 (en) 1998-10-23 2006-05-09 The Procter & Gamble Company Fabric color care method for rejuvenating and/or restoring color to a faded fabric
US6261631B1 (en) 1998-12-22 2001-07-17 Tnemec Company, Inc. Method for controlling wet film thickness of clear coatings by means of color-dissipating dye
US6458192B1 (en) 1999-01-08 2002-10-01 Sakura Color Products Corporation Erasable ink composition
US6443996B1 (en) 1999-04-16 2002-09-03 Maurice W. Mihelich Decorative dye colorant for natural stone
US6723428B1 (en) 1999-05-27 2004-04-20 Foss Manufacturing Co., Inc. Anti-microbial fiber and fibrous products
US6152038A (en) 1999-05-28 2000-11-28 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Media and method for providing UV protection
GB9912482D0 (en) 1999-06-01 1999-07-28 Clariant Int Ltd Process for preparing purified dyestuffs
US6497936B1 (en) 1999-06-14 2002-12-24 Mannington Mills, Inc. Method and apparatus for dyeing and treating yarns
US6254955B1 (en) 1999-07-20 2001-07-03 Taiwan Hopax Chems. Mfg. Co., Ltd. Self-stick writing note
JP3523124B2 (en) * 1999-09-10 2004-04-26 本田技研工業株式会社 Automatic transmission for vehicles
US6649888B2 (en) 1999-09-23 2003-11-18 Codaco, Inc. Radio frequency (RF) heating system
EP1226742B1 (en) * 1999-11-03 2006-12-27 Nexicor, LLC Hand held induction tool
US6294610B1 (en) 1999-11-29 2001-09-25 Rohm And Haas Company Coating powders for heat-sensitive substrates
US6194106B1 (en) * 1999-11-30 2001-02-27 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Temporary image receptor and means for chemical modification of release surfaces on a temporary image receptor
US6533824B1 (en) * 2000-02-10 2003-03-18 Jerry G. Roper Method for restoring original color to bleached regions of nylon carpets
US20010024713A1 (en) * 2000-02-22 2001-09-27 Dirk Quintens Ink jet recording material
JP4746181B2 (en) 2000-05-22 2011-08-10 株式会社リコー Method for producing heat-sensitive stencil sheet and heat-sensitive stencil sheet
DE10027292C2 (en) 2000-06-02 2003-11-13 Basf Coatings Ag Powder clearcoat dispersions (powder slurry clearcoats) and their use
US7018429B1 (en) 2000-06-02 2006-03-28 Milliken & Company Process for coloring a textile substrate
DE10027636A1 (en) * 2000-06-06 2001-12-13 Basf Ag Use of hydrophobic polymers, cationically modified with multivalent metal ions and/or cationic surfactant, as additives in rinsing, care, washing and cleaning materials, e.g. for textiles, carpets and hard surfaces
ATE327306T1 (en) 2000-06-19 2006-06-15 Procter & Gamble METHOD FOR TREATING TISSUES BY HEAT GENERATION
US7374808B2 (en) * 2000-07-21 2008-05-20 Milliken & Company Patterned bonded carpet and method
EP1328574B1 (en) * 2000-08-29 2018-04-11 Andrew W. Suman Abradable dry powder coatings, methods for making and coating, and coated articles therefrom
US6486903B1 (en) 2000-09-27 2002-11-26 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Transfer printing process
MXPA03002614A (en) 2000-09-29 2003-06-19 Milliken Company Inks exhibiting expanded color-space characteristics for water-based printing.
US6703089B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2004-03-09 Imperial Home Decor Group Management, Inc. Bleed-resistant dry-transfer wallcoverings
TWI223657B (en) 2000-10-18 2004-11-11 Chang Chun Plastics Co Ltd Amino resin composition for the cleaning of the mold
JP2002142956A (en) 2000-11-15 2002-05-21 Noneru:Kk Light-emitting decorative carpet and its manufacturing method
DE60121033D1 (en) 2000-11-16 2006-08-03 Procter & Gamble METHOD FOR THE COLOR REFRESHING OF TEXTILES
CA2359812C (en) * 2000-11-20 2004-02-10 The Procter & Gamble Company Pharmaceutical dosage form with multiple coatings for reduced impact of coating fractures
US6376147B1 (en) * 2000-11-27 2002-04-23 Xerox Corporation Method of producing liquid toner with metallic sheen
AU9133401A (en) 2000-11-28 2002-05-30 Rohm And Haas Company Hydrophobic absorbing polymers and process
US20020062905A1 (en) 2000-11-30 2002-05-30 Zafiroglu Dimitri P. Process for bonding of stitched carpets
US7223477B2 (en) 2000-12-05 2007-05-29 Alpha Coating Technologies, Llc Coating powders having enhanced flexability
US6537671B2 (en) 2000-12-05 2003-03-25 Alpha Coating Technologies, Llc Coating powders having enhanced electrostatic chargeability
US6887916B2 (en) * 2000-12-28 2005-05-03 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Materials having controlled shrinkage and patterns and methods of making same
JP2002220473A (en) * 2001-01-25 2002-08-09 Japan U-Pica Co Ltd Production method for cured-resin fine powder
US6936075B2 (en) 2001-01-30 2005-08-30 Milliken Textile substrates for image printing
AR032424A1 (en) * 2001-01-30 2003-11-05 Procter & Gamble COATING COMPOSITIONS TO MODIFY SURFACES.
US6702881B2 (en) * 2001-02-06 2004-03-09 Seiko Epson Corporation Ink for inkjet printer
DE60214058T2 (en) * 2001-02-14 2007-02-15 Ricoh Co., Ltd. Tissue paper into a heat-sensitive stencil sheet, heat-sensitive stencil sheet, and manufacturing method therefor
DE10106682A1 (en) 2001-02-14 2002-08-29 Clariant Gmbh Colorant composition
US6872433B2 (en) 2001-03-27 2005-03-29 The Regents Of The University Of California Shape memory alloy/shape memory polymer tools
DE10118346A1 (en) 2001-04-12 2002-10-17 Creavis Tech & Innovation Gmbh Self-cleaning, water-repellent textiles, used e.g. for tents, sports clothing and carpets, made by impregnating textile material with a suspension of hydrophobic particles and then removing the solvent
US6719467B2 (en) * 2001-04-30 2004-04-13 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Floor printer
US6652638B2 (en) * 2001-06-01 2003-11-25 Aervoe Pacific Company, Inc. UV-sensitive marking composition
US6723413B2 (en) 2001-06-19 2004-04-20 Ian D. Walters Tufted surface covering and method
US6653265B2 (en) 2001-06-20 2003-11-25 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Removable marking system
US20030092589A1 (en) * 2001-07-11 2003-05-15 The Procter & Gamble Company Cleaning compositions and method for cleaning carpets and other materials
JP4896309B2 (en) * 2001-07-13 2012-03-14 日東電工株式会社 Method for producing porous polyimide resin
JP5103702B2 (en) 2001-07-30 2012-12-19 ダイキン工業株式会社 Resin aqueous dispersion composition
EP1283296B1 (en) * 2001-08-08 2007-09-26 DyStar Textilfarben GmbH & Co. Deutschland KG Textile fabric with reduced soiling properties
JP2003055416A (en) * 2001-08-22 2003-02-26 Kansai Paint Co Ltd Method for producing pigment dispersing resin
DE10142382A1 (en) * 2001-08-30 2003-03-27 Clariant Gmbh Colorant composition and its use for coloring powder coatings
EP1434904A4 (en) * 2001-09-07 2005-04-13 Polymer Group Inc Imaged nonwoven fabric comprising lyocell fibers
US6849370B2 (en) * 2001-10-16 2005-02-01 Barbara Wagner Energy activated electrographic printing process
US6790268B2 (en) * 2001-10-24 2004-09-14 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Inks having high molecular weight polysaccharides
US6737450B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2004-05-18 Milliken & Company Toner compositions for black gravure inks
US6664311B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2003-12-16 Milliken & Company Toner compounds and compositions for black offset inks
US6710102B2 (en) 2001-10-26 2004-03-23 Milliken & Co. Toned black offset inks exhibiting excellent chromatic characteristics
TW593579B (en) * 2001-11-14 2004-06-21 Benq Corp Fragrant ink and preparation method thereof
KR100849962B1 (en) * 2001-12-03 2008-08-01 디아이씨 가부시끼가이샤 Process for producing aqueous dispersion of thermoplastic resin microparticles and toner for electrophotography
US6593401B1 (en) 2001-12-19 2003-07-15 Kukdo Chemical Co., Ltd. Low temperature curable epoxy resin, method for preparing the same, and paint composite using the same
US6890974B2 (en) * 2001-12-19 2005-05-10 Kukdo Chemical Co., Ltd. Powder coating composition containing low temperature curable epoxy resin
US7709070B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2010-05-04 The Procter & Gamble Company Articles and methods for applying color on surfaces
US7316832B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2008-01-08 The Procter & Gamble Company Articles and methods for applying color on surfaces
US7563498B2 (en) 2001-12-27 2009-07-21 Suminoe Textile Co., Ltd. Carpet for vehicles
US6713222B2 (en) 2002-02-28 2004-03-30 Xerox Corporation Curing processes
US6540345B1 (en) 2002-03-12 2003-04-01 Sawgrass Systems, Inc. Transfer printing process
WO2003081953A1 (en) 2002-03-18 2003-10-02 Codaco, Inc. Electrode apparatus for stray field radio frequency heating
MXPA03002222A (en) * 2002-03-28 2004-10-29 Rohm & Haas Coating powders, methods of manufacture thereof, and articles formed therefrom.
US6585369B1 (en) 2002-04-17 2003-07-01 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Preparations for ink-jet printing on common household surfaces
US6680153B2 (en) 2002-05-21 2004-01-20 Xerox Corporation Toner compositions
DE10224984A1 (en) * 2002-06-05 2003-12-18 Basf Ag Producing raised textures on substrates, especially textiles, involves printing or coating with a composition containing polymer binder, solvent and expandable polystyrene microspheres and then heating the coating
ITTO20020723A1 (en) 2002-08-14 2004-02-15 Mondo Spa SYNTHETIC GRASS COVER STRUCTURE
US6992028B2 (en) * 2002-09-09 2006-01-31 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Multi-layer nonwoven fabric
US6824942B2 (en) 2002-09-27 2004-11-30 Xerox Corporation Toners and developers
US6752841B2 (en) * 2002-10-15 2004-06-22 Milliken & Company Use of thickening agents in pattern dyeing of textiles
US20040087736A1 (en) * 2002-11-04 2004-05-06 Bin Wu Powder coating compositions containing anhydride end-capped crystalline polyesters
US20040110867A1 (en) * 2002-12-06 2004-06-10 Eastman Kodak Company Aqueous pigmented ink formulation containing polymer-encapsulated pigments, binder and smectite clay particles
US20060165979A1 (en) 2002-12-13 2006-07-27 Kinsey Von A Articles and methods for applying color on surfaces
DE602004002382T2 (en) 2003-01-30 2007-09-06 Joseph Rocco New Market Pacione Flooring with a removable decorative insert
US7503940B2 (en) 2003-02-20 2009-03-17 Harris Research, Inc. Method and system for spot-dyeing textiles
EP1457600A1 (en) * 2003-03-05 2004-09-15 Domo Cabrita Synthetic turf
US7264861B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2007-09-04 Xymid, Llc Abrasion-resistant composites with in-situ activated matrix resin
GB0307672D0 (en) 2003-04-03 2003-05-07 Nottinghamshire Sports And Saf Playing surface structure and method of construction of a playing surface
GB0307671D0 (en) 2003-04-03 2003-05-07 Nottinghamshire Sports And Saf Improvements relating to the construction of playing surfaces
JP4145705B2 (en) 2003-04-15 2008-09-03 大成化工株式会社 Method for producing colorant (colorant)
JP4087286B2 (en) 2003-05-12 2008-05-21 日本電子株式会社 Sample holder, observation apparatus, and sample rotation method
EP1477534A3 (en) 2003-05-16 2005-01-19 Rohm And Haas Company Multiple-part fast cure powder coatings
US7342067B2 (en) * 2003-07-09 2008-03-11 Kao Corporation Water-based ink
US7405000B2 (en) * 2003-07-14 2008-07-29 Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd Resin particle and process of producing the same
US7226607B2 (en) * 2003-09-11 2007-06-05 The Procter & Gamble Company Compositions comprising a dispersant and microcapsules containing an active material and a stabilizer
US7488380B2 (en) * 2003-10-07 2009-02-10 Sanford, L.P. Highlighting marking compositions, highlighting kits, and highlighted complexes
DE10348965A1 (en) * 2003-10-22 2005-05-25 Degussa Ag Epoxy group-containing powder coating compositions which cure at low temperatures
US20050095933A1 (en) 2003-11-03 2005-05-05 Kimbrell William C. Textile substrates, compositions useful for treating textile substrates, and related methods
EP1541640A1 (en) * 2003-12-05 2005-06-15 Rohm and Haas Company Induction cured power coatings for temperature sensitive substrates
WO2005087490A1 (en) * 2004-02-13 2005-09-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Article for being applied to a surface and method thereof
US7135449B2 (en) * 2004-02-20 2006-11-14 Milliken & Company Composition for removal of odors and contaminants from textiles and method
US20050183207A1 (en) 2004-02-20 2005-08-25 Chan Marie S. Compositions and methods for cleaning textile substrates
US20060134384A1 (en) 2004-12-02 2006-06-22 Vinson Kenneth D Fibrous structures comprising a solid additive
US20060135668A1 (en) 2004-12-21 2006-06-22 Hayes Richard A Polyesters containing natural mineral materials, processes for producing such polyesters, and shaped articles produced therefrom
US7767011B2 (en) * 2005-05-31 2010-08-03 Xerox Corporation Aqueous gel ink compositions and method of printing same
US7358218B2 (en) * 2005-06-03 2008-04-15 Research Foundation Of The University Of Central Florida, Inc. Method for masking and removing stains from rugged solid surfaces
US7776108B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2010-08-17 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for application to a surface
WO2006133319A2 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-12-14 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Method of applying a design to a surface
US7727289B2 (en) * 2005-06-07 2010-06-01 S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Composition for application to a surface
US20080282642A1 (en) * 2005-06-07 2008-11-20 Shah Ketan N Method of affixing a design to a surface
FR2886949B1 (en) * 2005-06-10 2007-08-03 Rhodia Chimie Sa POLYAMIDE THREADS, FILAMENTS AND POLYAMIDE FIBERS WITH IMPROVED PROPERTIES
US7592041B2 (en) * 2005-10-06 2009-09-22 Osment Models, Inc. Simulated turf and method of making same
US20080047444A1 (en) * 2005-11-02 2008-02-28 Grass Graffiti, Llc Kit for creating artistic work on residential lawn
US20090113641A1 (en) * 2006-03-06 2009-05-07 Yoshiki Akatani Ink for Inkjet Textile Printing and an Inkjet Textile Printing Method Using the Same
MX2008012228A (en) 2006-03-31 2008-10-02 Procter & Gamble Nonwoven fibrous structure comprising synthetic fibers and hydrophilizing agent.
US7815723B2 (en) * 2006-04-19 2010-10-19 Crayola Llc Water-based ink system
US20070270064A1 (en) 2006-05-22 2007-11-22 Aseere Lester M Carpet primary backing having enhanced tufting and tuft securing characteristics
US20070275207A1 (en) 2006-05-24 2007-11-29 Higgins Kenneth B Carpet tile and related methods
US20070286982A1 (en) 2006-06-12 2007-12-13 Higgins Kenneth B Surface coverings and methods
US20080032912A1 (en) * 2006-08-04 2008-02-07 Takasago International Corporation Use of fragrance compositions for the prevention of the development of indole base malodours from fecal and urine based soils
EP2084321B1 (en) * 2006-10-25 2013-01-02 Basf Se Method for the treatment of substrates
US7812064B2 (en) * 2007-08-07 2010-10-12 Xerox Corporation Phase change ink compositions
JP5489473B2 (en) * 2008-02-13 2014-05-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Inkjet recording liquid and inkjet recording method
JP4772883B2 (en) * 2008-03-19 2011-09-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Inkjet recording liquid
US8220151B2 (en) 2008-07-08 2012-07-17 Fu Zhun Precision Industry (Shen Zhen) Co., Ltd. Heat pipe and method for manufacturing the same
JP5484742B2 (en) * 2008-08-14 2014-05-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Inkjet recording liquid

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB669739A (en) * 1947-10-30 1952-04-09 Interchem Corp Improvements in or relating to fabric decorating compositions
US3663262A (en) * 1969-02-12 1972-05-16 Deering Milliken Res Corp Fugitive coloration of solid materials with dyes
US3929068A (en) * 1973-12-17 1975-12-30 Jones & Co Ltd Samuel Stencils
US4006273A (en) * 1975-02-03 1977-02-01 Pratt & Lambert, Inc. Washable and dry-cleanable raised printing on fabrics
US4129669A (en) * 1976-11-01 1978-12-12 Lopez Martha Z Method of applying decorative designs to surfaces
US4560604A (en) * 1983-08-24 1985-12-24 Matsui Shikiso Chemical Co., Ltd. Method of flocking treatment
US4560604B1 (en) * 1983-08-24 1989-01-17
US4681791A (en) * 1985-01-30 1987-07-21 Pilot Ink Co., Ltd. Thermochromic textile material
US6136046A (en) * 1994-09-14 2000-10-24 Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. Interior base material and printing process thereof
US20010051222A1 (en) * 1995-12-04 2001-12-13 Michael J. Stevenson Method and composition to enhance polyolefin surfaces
US20040118305A1 (en) * 2002-08-13 2004-06-24 Martinez Jose M. Stencil

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009139868A1 (en) * 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 S. C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Method of affixing a design to a surface
TWI475145B (en) * 2012-10-17 2015-03-01

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2006133319A3 (en) 2007-05-31
MX2007015450A (en) 2008-02-19
US20070014921A1 (en) 2007-01-18
US20060288499A1 (en) 2006-12-28
US20110038826A1 (en) 2011-02-17
US7947640B2 (en) 2011-05-24
AU2006254917A1 (en) 2006-12-14
WO2006133169A3 (en) 2007-05-31
MX2007015449A (en) 2008-02-19
WO2006133146A3 (en) 2007-11-15
JP2008545898A (en) 2008-12-18
US20100252194A1 (en) 2010-10-07
US7763083B2 (en) 2010-07-27
CA2610730C (en) 2013-04-23
CA2610962C (en) 2012-08-28
WO2006133170A1 (en) 2006-12-14
JP2008545565A (en) 2008-12-18
MX2007015448A (en) 2008-02-19
AU2006255106A1 (en) 2006-12-14
WO2006133146A2 (en) 2006-12-14
US20070277848A1 (en) 2007-12-06
EP1909974A2 (en) 2008-04-16
CA2610993C (en) 2013-04-16
CA2610774C (en) 2012-09-11
EP1901853A1 (en) 2008-03-26
WO2006133169A2 (en) 2006-12-14
CA2610774A1 (en) 2006-12-14
AU2006255083A1 (en) 2006-12-14
JP2009503125A (en) 2009-01-29
AU2006255107A1 (en) 2006-12-14
US7556841B2 (en) 2009-07-07
US20070089621A1 (en) 2007-04-26
CA2610962A1 (en) 2006-12-14
US8048517B2 (en) 2011-11-01
US20060276367A1 (en) 2006-12-07
EP1901855A2 (en) 2008-03-26
MX2007015452A (en) 2008-02-19
JP2008545897A (en) 2008-12-18
EP1907132A2 (en) 2008-04-09
CA2610993A1 (en) 2006-12-14
CA2610730A1 (en) 2006-12-14
US8747487B2 (en) 2014-06-10
US7423002B2 (en) 2008-09-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2610993C (en) Design devices for applying a design to a surface
US7727289B2 (en) Composition for application to a surface
CA2724229C (en) Method of affixing a design to a surface
US8734533B2 (en) Composition for application to a surface
AU2011320946B2 (en) Design devices for applying a colorant to a surface
US20070277849A1 (en) Method of neutralizing a stain on a surface
CA2669711C (en) Carpet decor and setting solution compositions
CA2665976C (en) Composition for application to a surface
CA2708071C (en) Composition for application to a surface

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2610962

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: MX/a/2007/015448

Country of ref document: MX

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2008515890

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006254917

Country of ref document: AU

Ref document number: 2006772468

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006254917

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20060606

Kind code of ref document: A